LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/commands - trigger.c (source / functions) Hit Total Coverage
Test: PostgreSQL 19devel Lines: 1924 2051 93.8 %
Date: 2025-08-20 15:17:26 Functions: 69 70 98.6 %
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

          Line data    Source code
       1             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2             :  *
       3             :  * trigger.c
       4             :  *    PostgreSQL TRIGGERs support code.
       5             :  *
       6             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2025, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
       7             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
       8             :  *
       9             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      10             :  *    src/backend/commands/trigger.c
      11             :  *
      12             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      13             :  */
      14             : #include "postgres.h"
      15             : 
      16             : #include "access/genam.h"
      17             : #include "access/htup_details.h"
      18             : #include "access/relation.h"
      19             : #include "access/sysattr.h"
      20             : #include "access/table.h"
      21             : #include "access/tableam.h"
      22             : #include "access/xact.h"
      23             : #include "catalog/catalog.h"
      24             : #include "catalog/dependency.h"
      25             : #include "catalog/indexing.h"
      26             : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      27             : #include "catalog/partition.h"
      28             : #include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
      29             : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
      30             : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
      31             : #include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"
      32             : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      33             : #include "commands/dbcommands.h"
      34             : #include "commands/trigger.h"
      35             : #include "executor/executor.h"
      36             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      37             : #include "nodes/bitmapset.h"
      38             : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
      39             : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
      40             : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
      41             : #include "parser/parse_collate.h"
      42             : #include "parser/parse_func.h"
      43             : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
      44             : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
      45             : #include "pgstat.h"
      46             : #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"
      47             : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
      48             : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
      49             : #include "utils/acl.h"
      50             : #include "utils/builtins.h"
      51             : #include "utils/fmgroids.h"
      52             : #include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
      53             : #include "utils/inval.h"
      54             : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
      55             : #include "utils/memutils.h"
      56             : #include "utils/plancache.h"
      57             : #include "utils/rel.h"
      58             : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
      59             : #include "utils/syscache.h"
      60             : #include "utils/tuplestore.h"
      61             : 
      62             : 
      63             : /* GUC variables */
      64             : int         SessionReplicationRole = SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN;
      65             : 
      66             : /* How many levels deep into trigger execution are we? */
      67             : static int  MyTriggerDepth = 0;
      68             : 
      69             : /* Local function prototypes */
      70             : static void renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel,
      71             :                                 HeapTuple trigtup, const char *newname,
      72             :                                 const char *expected_name);
      73             : static void renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId,
      74             :                                  Oid parentTriggerOid, const char *newname,
      75             :                                  const char *expected_name);
      76             : static void SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger);
      77             : static bool GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
      78             :                                EPQState *epqstate,
      79             :                                ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
      80             :                                ItemPointer tid,
      81             :                                LockTupleMode lockmode,
      82             :                                TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
      83             :                                bool do_epq_recheck,
      84             :                                TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
      85             :                                TM_Result *tmresultp,
      86             :                                TM_FailureData *tmfdp);
      87             : static bool TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
      88             :                            Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
      89             :                            Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
      90             :                            TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot);
      91             : static HeapTuple ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
      92             :                                      int tgindx,
      93             :                                      FmgrInfo *finfo,
      94             :                                      Instrumentation *instr,
      95             :                                      MemoryContext per_tuple_context);
      96             : static void AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
      97             :                                   ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
      98             :                                   ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
      99             :                                   int event, bool row_trigger,
     100             :                                   TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
     101             :                                   List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
     102             :                                   TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
     103             :                                   bool is_crosspart_update);
     104             : static void AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void);
     105             : static bool before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType);
     106             : static HeapTuple check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple);
     107             : 
     108             : 
     109             : /*
     110             :  * Create a trigger.  Returns the address of the created trigger.
     111             :  *
     112             :  * queryString is the source text of the CREATE TRIGGER command.
     113             :  * This must be supplied if a whenClause is specified, else it can be NULL.
     114             :  *
     115             :  * relOid, if nonzero, is the relation on which the trigger should be
     116             :  * created.  If zero, the name provided in the statement will be looked up.
     117             :  *
     118             :  * refRelOid, if nonzero, is the relation to which the constraint trigger
     119             :  * refers.  If zero, the constraint relation name provided in the statement
     120             :  * will be looked up as needed.
     121             :  *
     122             :  * constraintOid, if nonzero, says that this trigger is being created
     123             :  * internally to implement that constraint.  A suitable pg_depend entry will
     124             :  * be made to link the trigger to that constraint.  constraintOid is zero when
     125             :  * executing a user-entered CREATE TRIGGER command.  (For CREATE CONSTRAINT
     126             :  * TRIGGER, we build a pg_constraint entry internally.)
     127             :  *
     128             :  * indexOid, if nonzero, is the OID of an index associated with the constraint.
     129             :  * We do nothing with this except store it into pg_trigger.tgconstrindid;
     130             :  * but when creating a trigger for a deferrable unique constraint on a
     131             :  * partitioned table, its children are looked up.  Note we don't cope with
     132             :  * invalid indexes in that case.
     133             :  *
     134             :  * funcoid, if nonzero, is the OID of the function to invoke.  When this is
     135             :  * given, stmt->funcname is ignored.
     136             :  *
     137             :  * parentTriggerOid, if nonzero, is a trigger that begets this one; so that
     138             :  * if that trigger is dropped, this one should be too.  There are two cases
     139             :  * when a nonzero value is passed for this: 1) when this function recurses to
     140             :  * create the trigger on partitions, 2) when creating child foreign key
     141             :  * triggers; see CreateFKCheckTrigger() and createForeignKeyActionTriggers().
     142             :  *
     143             :  * If whenClause is passed, it is an already-transformed expression for
     144             :  * WHEN.  In this case, we ignore any that may come in stmt->whenClause.
     145             :  *
     146             :  * If isInternal is true then this is an internally-generated trigger.
     147             :  * This argument sets the tgisinternal field of the pg_trigger entry, and
     148             :  * if true causes us to modify the given trigger name to ensure uniqueness.
     149             :  *
     150             :  * When isInternal is not true we require ACL_TRIGGER permissions on the
     151             :  * relation, as well as ACL_EXECUTE on the trigger function.  For internal
     152             :  * triggers the caller must apply any required permission checks.
     153             :  *
     154             :  * When called on partitioned tables, this function recurses to create the
     155             :  * trigger on all the partitions, except if isInternal is true, in which
     156             :  * case caller is expected to execute recursion on its own.  in_partition
     157             :  * indicates such a recursive call; outside callers should pass "false"
     158             :  * (but see CloneRowTriggersToPartition).
     159             :  */
     160             : ObjectAddress
     161       15780 : CreateTrigger(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
     162             :               Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid,
     163             :               Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause,
     164             :               bool isInternal, bool in_partition)
     165             : {
     166             :     return
     167       15780 :         CreateTriggerFiringOn(stmt, queryString, relOid, refRelOid,
     168             :                               constraintOid, indexOid, funcoid,
     169             :                               parentTriggerOid, whenClause, isInternal,
     170             :                               in_partition, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN);
     171             : }
     172             : 
     173             : /*
     174             :  * Like the above; additionally the firing condition
     175             :  * (always/origin/replica/disabled) can be specified.
     176             :  */
     177             : ObjectAddress
     178       16596 : CreateTriggerFiringOn(CreateTrigStmt *stmt, const char *queryString,
     179             :                       Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid,
     180             :                       Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid,
     181             :                       Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition,
     182             :                       char trigger_fires_when)
     183             : {
     184             :     int16       tgtype;
     185             :     int         ncolumns;
     186             :     int16      *columns;
     187             :     int2vector *tgattr;
     188             :     List       *whenRtable;
     189             :     char       *qual;
     190             :     Datum       values[Natts_pg_trigger];
     191             :     bool        nulls[Natts_pg_trigger];
     192             :     Relation    rel;
     193             :     AclResult   aclresult;
     194             :     Relation    tgrel;
     195             :     Relation    pgrel;
     196       16596 :     HeapTuple   tuple = NULL;
     197             :     Oid         funcrettype;
     198       16596 :     Oid         trigoid = InvalidOid;
     199             :     char        internaltrigname[NAMEDATALEN];
     200             :     char       *trigname;
     201       16596 :     Oid         constrrelid = InvalidOid;
     202             :     ObjectAddress myself,
     203             :                 referenced;
     204       16596 :     char       *oldtablename = NULL;
     205       16596 :     char       *newtablename = NULL;
     206             :     bool        partition_recurse;
     207       16596 :     bool        trigger_exists = false;
     208       16596 :     Oid         existing_constraint_oid = InvalidOid;
     209       16596 :     bool        existing_isInternal = false;
     210       16596 :     bool        existing_isClone = false;
     211             : 
     212       16596 :     if (OidIsValid(relOid))
     213       13408 :         rel = table_open(relOid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
     214             :     else
     215        3188 :         rel = table_openrv(stmt->relation, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
     216             : 
     217             :     /*
     218             :      * Triggers must be on tables or views, and there are additional
     219             :      * relation-type-specific restrictions.
     220             :      */
     221       16596 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
     222             :     {
     223             :         /* Tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
     224       13534 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
     225       12226 :             stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     226          18 :             ereport(ERROR,
     227             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     228             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
     229             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     230             :                      errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
     231             :     }
     232        3062 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
     233             :     {
     234             :         /* Partitioned tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
     235        2748 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
     236        2646 :             stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     237           6 :             ereport(ERROR,
     238             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     239             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
     240             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     241             :                      errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
     242             : 
     243             :         /*
     244             :          * FOR EACH ROW triggers have further restrictions
     245             :          */
     246        2742 :         if (stmt->row)
     247             :         {
     248             :             /*
     249             :              * Disallow use of transition tables.
     250             :              *
     251             :              * Note that we have another restriction about transition tables
     252             :              * in partitions; search for 'has_superclass' below for an
     253             :              * explanation.  The check here is just to protect from the fact
     254             :              * that if we allowed it here, the creation would succeed for a
     255             :              * partitioned table with no partitions, but would be blocked by
     256             :              * the other restriction when the first partition was created,
     257             :              * which is very unfriendly behavior.
     258             :              */
     259        2506 :             if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
     260           6 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     261             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     262             :                          errmsg("\"%s\" is a partitioned table",
     263             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     264             :                          errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitioned tables.")));
     265             :         }
     266             :     }
     267         314 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
     268             :     {
     269             :         /*
     270             :          * Views can have INSTEAD OF triggers (which we check below are
     271             :          * row-level), or statement-level BEFORE/AFTER triggers.
     272             :          */
     273         210 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD && stmt->row)
     274          36 :             ereport(ERROR,
     275             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     276             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
     277             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     278             :                      errdetail("Views cannot have row-level BEFORE or AFTER triggers.")));
     279             :         /* Disallow TRUNCATE triggers on VIEWs */
     280         174 :         if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(stmt->events))
     281          12 :             ereport(ERROR,
     282             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     283             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
     284             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     285             :                      errdetail("Views cannot have TRUNCATE triggers.")));
     286             :     }
     287         104 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
     288             :     {
     289         104 :         if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
     290          54 :             stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     291           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
     292             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     293             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
     294             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     295             :                      errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
     296             : 
     297             :         /*
     298             :          * We disallow constraint triggers to protect the assumption that
     299             :          * triggers on FKs can't be deferred.  See notes with AfterTriggers
     300             :          * data structures, below.
     301             :          */
     302         104 :         if (stmt->isconstraint)
     303           6 :             ereport(ERROR,
     304             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     305             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
     306             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     307             :                      errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have constraint triggers.")));
     308             :     }
     309             :     else
     310           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
     311             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     312             :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
     313             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     314             :                  errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
     315             : 
     316       16512 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
     317           2 :         ereport(ERROR,
     318             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
     319             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
     320             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     321             : 
     322       16510 :     if (stmt->isconstraint)
     323             :     {
     324             :         /*
     325             :          * We must take a lock on the target relation to protect against
     326             :          * concurrent drop.  It's not clear that AccessShareLock is strong
     327             :          * enough, but we certainly need at least that much... otherwise, we
     328             :          * might end up creating a pg_constraint entry referencing a
     329             :          * nonexistent table.
     330             :          */
     331       12750 :         if (OidIsValid(refRelOid))
     332             :         {
     333       12478 :             LockRelationOid(refRelOid, AccessShareLock);
     334       12478 :             constrrelid = refRelOid;
     335             :         }
     336         272 :         else if (stmt->constrrel != NULL)
     337          24 :             constrrelid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->constrrel, AccessShareLock,
     338             :                                            false);
     339             :     }
     340             : 
     341             :     /* permission checks */
     342       16510 :     if (!isInternal)
     343             :     {
     344        3918 :         aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId(),
     345             :                                       ACL_TRIGGER);
     346        3918 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     347           0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
     348           0 :                            RelationGetRelationName(rel));
     349             : 
     350        3918 :         if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
     351             :         {
     352          42 :             aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(constrrelid, GetUserId(),
     353             :                                           ACL_TRIGGER);
     354          42 :             if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     355           0 :                 aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(constrrelid)),
     356           0 :                                get_rel_name(constrrelid));
     357             :         }
     358             :     }
     359             : 
     360             :     /*
     361             :      * When called on a partitioned table to create a FOR EACH ROW trigger
     362             :      * that's not internal, we create one trigger for each partition, too.
     363             :      *
     364             :      * For that, we'd better hold lock on all of them ahead of time.
     365             :      */
     366       19412 :     partition_recurse = !isInternal && stmt->row &&
     367        2902 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
     368       16510 :     if (partition_recurse)
     369         398 :         list_free(find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel),
     370             :                                       ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL));
     371             : 
     372             :     /* Compute tgtype */
     373       16510 :     TRIGGER_CLEAR_TYPE(tgtype);
     374       16510 :     if (stmt->row)
     375       15494 :         TRIGGER_SETT_ROW(tgtype);
     376       16510 :     tgtype |= stmt->timing;
     377       16510 :     tgtype |= stmt->events;
     378             : 
     379             :     /* Disallow ROW-level TRUNCATE triggers */
     380       16510 :     if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
     381           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
     382             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     383             :                  errmsg("TRUNCATE FOR EACH ROW triggers are not supported")));
     384             : 
     385             :     /* INSTEAD triggers must be row-level, and can't have WHEN or columns */
     386       16510 :     if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSTEAD(tgtype))
     387             :     {
     388         120 :         if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
     389           6 :             ereport(ERROR,
     390             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     391             :                      errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers must be FOR EACH ROW")));
     392         114 :         if (stmt->whenClause)
     393           6 :             ereport(ERROR,
     394             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     395             :                      errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have WHEN conditions")));
     396         108 :         if (stmt->columns != NIL)
     397           6 :             ereport(ERROR,
     398             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     399             :                      errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have column lists")));
     400             :     }
     401             : 
     402             :     /*
     403             :      * We don't yet support naming ROW transition variables, but the parser
     404             :      * recognizes the syntax so we can give a nicer message here.
     405             :      *
     406             :      * Per standard, REFERENCING TABLE names are only allowed on AFTER
     407             :      * triggers.  Per standard, REFERENCING ROW names are not allowed with FOR
     408             :      * EACH STATEMENT.  Per standard, each OLD/NEW, ROW/TABLE permutation is
     409             :      * only allowed once.  Per standard, OLD may not be specified when
     410             :      * creating a trigger only for INSERT, and NEW may not be specified when
     411             :      * creating a trigger only for DELETE.
     412             :      *
     413             :      * Notice that the standard allows an AFTER ... FOR EACH ROW trigger to
     414             :      * reference both ROW and TABLE transition data.
     415             :      */
     416       16492 :     if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
     417             :     {
     418         458 :         List       *varList = stmt->transitionRels;
     419             :         ListCell   *lc;
     420             : 
     421         998 :         foreach(lc, varList)
     422             :         {
     423         588 :             TriggerTransition *tt = lfirst_node(TriggerTransition, lc);
     424             : 
     425         588 :             if (!(tt->isTable))
     426           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     427             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     428             :                          errmsg("ROW variable naming in the REFERENCING clause is not supported"),
     429             :                          errhint("Use OLD TABLE or NEW TABLE for naming transition tables.")));
     430             : 
     431             :             /*
     432             :              * Because of the above test, we omit further ROW-related testing
     433             :              * below.  If we later allow naming OLD and NEW ROW variables,
     434             :              * adjustments will be needed below.
     435             :              */
     436             : 
     437         588 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
     438           6 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     439             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     440             :                          errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
     441             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     442             :                          errdetail("Triggers on foreign tables cannot have transition tables.")));
     443             : 
     444         582 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
     445           6 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     446             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
     447             :                          errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
     448             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
     449             :                          errdetail("Triggers on views cannot have transition tables.")));
     450             : 
     451             :             /*
     452             :              * We currently don't allow row-level triggers with transition
     453             :              * tables on partition or inheritance children.  Such triggers
     454             :              * would somehow need to see tuples converted to the format of the
     455             :              * table they're attached to, and it's not clear which subset of
     456             :              * tuples each child should see.  See also the prohibitions in
     457             :              * ATExecAttachPartition() and ATExecAddInherit().
     458             :              */
     459         576 :             if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && has_superclass(rel->rd_id))
     460             :             {
     461             :                 /* Use appropriate error message. */
     462          12 :                 if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
     463           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     464             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     465             :                              errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitions")));
     466             :                 else
     467           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     468             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     469             :                              errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on inheritance children")));
     470             :             }
     471             : 
     472         564 :             if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
     473           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     474             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     475             :                          errmsg("transition table name can only be specified for an AFTER trigger")));
     476             : 
     477         564 :             if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
     478           6 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     479             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     480             :                          errmsg("TRUNCATE triggers with transition tables are not supported")));
     481             : 
     482             :             /*
     483             :              * We currently don't allow multi-event triggers ("INSERT OR
     484             :              * UPDATE") with transition tables, because it's not clear how to
     485             :              * handle INSERT ... ON CONFLICT statements which can fire both
     486             :              * INSERT and UPDATE triggers.  We show the inserted tuples to
     487             :              * INSERT triggers and the updated tuples to UPDATE triggers, but
     488             :              * it's not yet clear what INSERT OR UPDATE trigger should see.
     489             :              * This restriction could be lifted if we can decide on the right
     490             :              * semantics in a later release.
     491             :              */
     492         558 :             if (((TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
     493         558 :                  (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
     494         558 :                  (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0)) != 1)
     495           6 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     496             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     497             :                          errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with more than one event")));
     498             : 
     499             :             /*
     500             :              * We currently don't allow column-specific triggers with
     501             :              * transition tables.  Per spec, that seems to require
     502             :              * accumulating separate transition tables for each combination of
     503             :              * columns, which is a lot of work for a rather marginal feature.
     504             :              */
     505         552 :             if (stmt->columns != NIL)
     506           6 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     507             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     508             :                          errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with column lists")));
     509             : 
     510             :             /*
     511             :              * We disallow constraint triggers with transition tables, to
     512             :              * protect the assumption that such triggers can't be deferred.
     513             :              * See notes with AfterTriggers data structures, below.
     514             :              *
     515             :              * Currently this is enforced by the grammar, so just Assert here.
     516             :              */
     517             :             Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
     518             : 
     519         546 :             if (tt->isNew)
     520             :             {
     521         288 :                 if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ||
     522         156 :                       TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
     523           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     524             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     525             :                              errmsg("NEW TABLE can only be specified for an INSERT or UPDATE trigger")));
     526             : 
     527         288 :                 if (newtablename != NULL)
     528           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     529             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     530             :                              errmsg("NEW TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
     531             : 
     532         288 :                 newtablename = tt->name;
     533             :             }
     534             :             else
     535             :             {
     536         258 :                 if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ||
     537         150 :                       TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
     538           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     539             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     540             :                              errmsg("OLD TABLE can only be specified for a DELETE or UPDATE trigger")));
     541             : 
     542         252 :                 if (oldtablename != NULL)
     543           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     544             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     545             :                              errmsg("OLD TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
     546             : 
     547         252 :                 oldtablename = tt->name;
     548             :             }
     549             :         }
     550             : 
     551         410 :         if (newtablename != NULL && oldtablename != NULL &&
     552         130 :             strcmp(newtablename, oldtablename) == 0)
     553           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
     554             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     555             :                      errmsg("OLD TABLE name and NEW TABLE name cannot be the same")));
     556             :     }
     557             : 
     558             :     /*
     559             :      * Parse the WHEN clause, if any and we weren't passed an already
     560             :      * transformed one.
     561             :      *
     562             :      * Note that as a side effect, we fill whenRtable when parsing.  If we got
     563             :      * an already parsed clause, this does not occur, which is what we want --
     564             :      * no point in adding redundant dependencies below.
     565             :      */
     566       16444 :     if (!whenClause && stmt->whenClause)
     567         136 :     {
     568             :         ParseState *pstate;
     569             :         ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
     570             :         List       *varList;
     571             :         ListCell   *lc;
     572             : 
     573             :         /* Set up a pstate to parse with */
     574         184 :         pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
     575         184 :         pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
     576             : 
     577             :         /*
     578             :          * Set up nsitems for OLD and NEW references.
     579             :          *
     580             :          * 'OLD' must always have varno equal to 1 and 'NEW' equal to 2.
     581             :          */
     582         184 :         nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
     583             :                                                AccessShareLock,
     584             :                                                makeAlias("old", NIL),
     585             :                                                false, false);
     586         184 :         addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
     587         184 :         nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
     588             :                                                AccessShareLock,
     589             :                                                makeAlias("new", NIL),
     590             :                                                false, false);
     591         184 :         addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
     592             : 
     593             :         /* Transform expression.  Copy to be sure we don't modify original */
     594         184 :         whenClause = transformWhereClause(pstate,
     595         184 :                                           copyObject(stmt->whenClause),
     596             :                                           EXPR_KIND_TRIGGER_WHEN,
     597             :                                           "WHEN");
     598             :         /* we have to fix its collations too */
     599         184 :         assign_expr_collations(pstate, whenClause);
     600             : 
     601             :         /*
     602             :          * Check for disallowed references to OLD/NEW.
     603             :          *
     604             :          * NB: pull_var_clause is okay here only because we don't allow
     605             :          * subselects in WHEN clauses; it would fail to examine the contents
     606             :          * of subselects.
     607             :          */
     608         184 :         varList = pull_var_clause(whenClause, 0);
     609         364 :         foreach(lc, varList)
     610             :         {
     611         228 :             Var        *var = (Var *) lfirst(lc);
     612             : 
     613         228 :             switch (var->varno)
     614             :             {
     615          86 :                 case PRS2_OLD_VARNO:
     616          86 :                     if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
     617           6 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     618             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     619             :                                  errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
     620             :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     621          80 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype))
     622           6 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     623             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     624             :                                  errmsg("INSERT trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference OLD values"),
     625             :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     626             :                     /* system columns are okay here */
     627          74 :                     break;
     628         142 :                 case PRS2_NEW_VARNO:
     629         142 :                     if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
     630           0 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     631             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     632             :                                  errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
     633             :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     634         142 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype))
     635           6 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     636             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     637             :                                  errmsg("DELETE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW values"),
     638             :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     639         136 :                     if (var->varattno < 0 && TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype))
     640           6 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     641             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     642             :                                  errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW system columns"),
     643             :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     644         130 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
     645          52 :                         var->varattno == 0 &&
     646          18 :                         RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr &&
     647          12 :                         (RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_stored ||
     648           6 :                          RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_virtual))
     649          12 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     650             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     651             :                                  errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
     652             :                                  errdetail("A whole-row reference is used and the table contains generated columns."),
     653             :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     654         118 :                     if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
     655          40 :                         var->varattno > 0 &&
     656          34 :                         TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attgenerated)
     657          12 :                         ereport(ERROR,
     658             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     659             :                                  errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
     660             :                                  errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.",
     661             :                                            NameStr(TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attname)),
     662             :                                  parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
     663         106 :                     break;
     664           0 :                 default:
     665             :                     /* can't happen without add_missing_from, so just elog */
     666           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "trigger WHEN condition cannot contain references to other relations");
     667             :                     break;
     668             :             }
     669             :         }
     670             : 
     671             :         /* we'll need the rtable for recordDependencyOnExpr */
     672         136 :         whenRtable = pstate->p_rtable;
     673             : 
     674         136 :         qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
     675             : 
     676         136 :         free_parsestate(pstate);
     677             :     }
     678       16260 :     else if (!whenClause)
     679             :     {
     680       16218 :         whenClause = NULL;
     681       16218 :         whenRtable = NIL;
     682       16218 :         qual = NULL;
     683             :     }
     684             :     else
     685             :     {
     686          42 :         qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
     687          42 :         whenRtable = NIL;
     688             :     }
     689             : 
     690             :     /*
     691             :      * Find and validate the trigger function.
     692             :      */
     693       16396 :     if (!OidIsValid(funcoid))
     694       15580 :         funcoid = LookupFuncName(stmt->funcname, 0, NULL, false);
     695       16396 :     if (!isInternal)
     696             :     {
     697        3804 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcoid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
     698        3804 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     699           0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
     700           0 :                            NameListToString(stmt->funcname));
     701             :     }
     702       16396 :     funcrettype = get_func_rettype(funcoid);
     703       16396 :     if (funcrettype != TRIGGEROID)
     704           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
     705             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
     706             :                  errmsg("function %s must return type %s",
     707             :                         NameListToString(stmt->funcname), "trigger")));
     708             : 
     709             :     /*
     710             :      * Scan pg_trigger to see if there is already a trigger of the same name.
     711             :      * Skip this for internally generated triggers, since we'll modify the
     712             :      * name to be unique below.
     713             :      *
     714             :      * NOTE that this is cool only because we have ShareRowExclusiveLock on
     715             :      * the relation, so the trigger set won't be changing underneath us.
     716             :      */
     717       16396 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
     718       16396 :     if (!isInternal)
     719             :     {
     720             :         ScanKeyData skeys[2];
     721             :         SysScanDesc tgscan;
     722             : 
     723        3804 :         ScanKeyInit(&skeys[0],
     724             :                     Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
     725             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
     726             :                     ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
     727             : 
     728        3804 :         ScanKeyInit(&skeys[1],
     729             :                     Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
     730             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
     731        3804 :                     CStringGetDatum(stmt->trigname));
     732             : 
     733        3804 :         tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
     734             :                                     NULL, 2, skeys);
     735             : 
     736             :         /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
     737        3804 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
     738             :         {
     739         102 :             Form_pg_trigger oldtrigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
     740             : 
     741         102 :             trigoid = oldtrigger->oid;
     742         102 :             existing_constraint_oid = oldtrigger->tgconstraint;
     743         102 :             existing_isInternal = oldtrigger->tgisinternal;
     744         102 :             existing_isClone = OidIsValid(oldtrigger->tgparentid);
     745         102 :             trigger_exists = true;
     746             :             /* copy the tuple to use in CatalogTupleUpdate() */
     747         102 :             tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
     748             :         }
     749        3804 :         systable_endscan(tgscan);
     750             :     }
     751             : 
     752       16396 :     if (!trigger_exists)
     753             :     {
     754             :         /* Generate the OID for the new trigger. */
     755       16294 :         trigoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId,
     756             :                                      Anum_pg_trigger_oid);
     757             :     }
     758             :     else
     759             :     {
     760             :         /*
     761             :          * If OR REPLACE was specified, we'll replace the old trigger;
     762             :          * otherwise complain about the duplicate name.
     763             :          */
     764         102 :         if (!stmt->replace)
     765          18 :             ereport(ERROR,
     766             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
     767             :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
     768             :                             stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     769             : 
     770             :         /*
     771             :          * An internal trigger or a child trigger (isClone) cannot be replaced
     772             :          * by a user-defined trigger.  However, skip this test when
     773             :          * in_partition, because then we're recursing from a partitioned table
     774             :          * and the check was made at the parent level.
     775             :          */
     776          84 :         if ((existing_isInternal || existing_isClone) &&
     777          60 :             !isInternal && !in_partition)
     778           6 :             ereport(ERROR,
     779             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
     780             :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is an internal or a child trigger",
     781             :                             stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     782             : 
     783             :         /*
     784             :          * It is not allowed to replace with a constraint trigger; gram.y
     785             :          * should have enforced this already.
     786             :          */
     787             :         Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
     788             : 
     789             :         /*
     790             :          * It is not allowed to replace an existing constraint trigger,
     791             :          * either.  (The reason for these restrictions is partly that it seems
     792             :          * difficult to deal with pending trigger events in such cases, and
     793             :          * partly that the command might imply changing the constraint's
     794             :          * properties as well, which doesn't seem nice.)
     795             :          */
     796          78 :         if (OidIsValid(existing_constraint_oid))
     797           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
     798             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
     799             :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is a constraint trigger",
     800             :                             stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     801             :     }
     802             : 
     803             :     /*
     804             :      * If it's a user-entered CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER command, make a
     805             :      * corresponding pg_constraint entry.
     806             :      */
     807       16372 :     if (stmt->isconstraint && !OidIsValid(constraintOid))
     808             :     {
     809             :         /* Internal callers should have made their own constraints */
     810             :         Assert(!isInternal);
     811         158 :         constraintOid = CreateConstraintEntry(stmt->trigname,
     812         158 :                                               RelationGetNamespace(rel),
     813             :                                               CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
     814         158 :                                               stmt->deferrable,
     815         158 :                                               stmt->initdeferred,
     816             :                                               true, /* Is Enforced */
     817             :                                               true,
     818             :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no parent */
     819             :                                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
     820             :                                               NULL, /* no conkey */
     821             :                                               0,
     822             :                                               0,
     823             :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no domain */
     824             :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no index */
     825             :                                               InvalidOid,   /* no foreign key */
     826             :                                               NULL,
     827             :                                               NULL,
     828             :                                               NULL,
     829             :                                               NULL,
     830             :                                               0,
     831             :                                               ' ',
     832             :                                               ' ',
     833             :                                               NULL,
     834             :                                               0,
     835             :                                               ' ',
     836             :                                               NULL, /* no exclusion */
     837             :                                               NULL, /* no check constraint */
     838             :                                               NULL,
     839             :                                               true, /* islocal */
     840             :                                               0,    /* inhcount */
     841             :                                               true, /* noinherit */
     842             :                                               false,    /* conperiod */
     843             :                                               isInternal);  /* is_internal */
     844             :     }
     845             : 
     846             :     /*
     847             :      * If trigger is internally generated, modify the provided trigger name to
     848             :      * ensure uniqueness by appending the trigger OID.  (Callers will usually
     849             :      * supply a simple constant trigger name in these cases.)
     850             :      */
     851       16372 :     if (isInternal)
     852             :     {
     853       12592 :         snprintf(internaltrigname, sizeof(internaltrigname),
     854             :                  "%s_%u", stmt->trigname, trigoid);
     855       12592 :         trigname = internaltrigname;
     856             :     }
     857             :     else
     858             :     {
     859             :         /* user-defined trigger; use the specified trigger name as-is */
     860        3780 :         trigname = stmt->trigname;
     861             :     }
     862             : 
     863             :     /*
     864             :      * Build the new pg_trigger tuple.
     865             :      */
     866       16372 :     memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
     867             : 
     868       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(trigoid);
     869       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel));
     870       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgparentid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(parentTriggerOid);
     871       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
     872             :                                                              CStringGetDatum(trigname));
     873       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgfoid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(funcoid);
     874       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgtype - 1] = Int16GetDatum(tgtype);
     875       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgenabled - 1] = CharGetDatum(trigger_fires_when);
     876       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgisinternal - 1] = BoolGetDatum(isInternal);
     877       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constrrelid);
     878       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrindid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid);
     879       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constraintOid);
     880       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgdeferrable - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->deferrable);
     881       16372 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tginitdeferred - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->initdeferred);
     882             : 
     883       16372 :     if (stmt->args)
     884             :     {
     885             :         ListCell   *le;
     886             :         char       *args;
     887         456 :         int16       nargs = list_length(stmt->args);
     888         456 :         int         len = 0;
     889             : 
     890        1092 :         foreach(le, stmt->args)
     891             :         {
     892         636 :             char       *ar = strVal(lfirst(le));
     893             : 
     894         636 :             len += strlen(ar) + 4;
     895        5364 :             for (; *ar; ar++)
     896             :             {
     897        4728 :                 if (*ar == '\\')
     898           0 :                     len++;
     899             :             }
     900             :         }
     901         456 :         args = (char *) palloc(len + 1);
     902         456 :         args[0] = '\0';
     903        1092 :         foreach(le, stmt->args)
     904             :         {
     905         636 :             char       *s = strVal(lfirst(le));
     906         636 :             char       *d = args + strlen(args);
     907             : 
     908        5364 :             while (*s)
     909             :             {
     910        4728 :                 if (*s == '\\')
     911           0 :                     *d++ = '\\';
     912        4728 :                 *d++ = *s++;
     913             :             }
     914         636 :             strcpy(d, "\\000");
     915             :         }
     916         456 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(nargs);
     917         456 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
     918             :                                                                  CStringGetDatum(args));
     919             :     }
     920             :     else
     921             :     {
     922       15916 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(0);
     923       15916 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
     924             :                                                                  CStringGetDatum(""));
     925             :     }
     926             : 
     927             :     /* build column number array if it's a column-specific trigger */
     928       16372 :     ncolumns = list_length(stmt->columns);
     929       16372 :     if (ncolumns == 0)
     930       16266 :         columns = NULL;
     931             :     else
     932             :     {
     933             :         ListCell   *cell;
     934         106 :         int         i = 0;
     935             : 
     936         106 :         columns = (int16 *) palloc(ncolumns * sizeof(int16));
     937         220 :         foreach(cell, stmt->columns)
     938             :         {
     939         120 :             char       *name = strVal(lfirst(cell));
     940             :             int16       attnum;
     941             :             int         j;
     942             : 
     943             :             /* Lookup column name.  System columns are not allowed */
     944         120 :             attnum = attnameAttNum(rel, name, false);
     945         120 :             if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
     946           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
     947             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
     948             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
     949             :                                 name, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
     950             : 
     951             :             /* Check for duplicates */
     952         128 :             for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
     953             :             {
     954          14 :                 if (columns[j] == attnum)
     955           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
     956             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
     957             :                              errmsg("column \"%s\" specified more than once",
     958             :                                     name)));
     959             :             }
     960             : 
     961         114 :             columns[i++] = attnum;
     962             :         }
     963             :     }
     964       16366 :     tgattr = buildint2vector(columns, ncolumns);
     965       16366 :     values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1] = PointerGetDatum(tgattr);
     966             : 
     967             :     /* set tgqual if trigger has WHEN clause */
     968       16366 :     if (qual)
     969         178 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = CStringGetTextDatum(qual);
     970             :     else
     971       16188 :         nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = true;
     972             : 
     973       16366 :     if (oldtablename)
     974         252 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
     975             :                                                                      CStringGetDatum(oldtablename));
     976             :     else
     977       16114 :         nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = true;
     978       16366 :     if (newtablename)
     979         288 :         values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
     980             :                                                                      CStringGetDatum(newtablename));
     981             :     else
     982       16078 :         nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = true;
     983             : 
     984             :     /*
     985             :      * Insert or replace tuple in pg_trigger.
     986             :      */
     987       16366 :     if (!trigger_exists)
     988             :     {
     989       16288 :         tuple = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
     990       16288 :         CatalogTupleInsert(tgrel, tuple);
     991             :     }
     992             :     else
     993             :     {
     994             :         HeapTuple   newtup;
     995             : 
     996          78 :         newtup = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
     997          78 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
     998          78 :         heap_freetuple(newtup);
     999             :     }
    1000             : 
    1001       16366 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);      /* free either original or new tuple */
    1002       16366 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1003             : 
    1004       16366 :     pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1]));
    1005       16366 :     pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1]));
    1006       16366 :     pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1]));
    1007       16366 :     if (oldtablename)
    1008         252 :         pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1]));
    1009       16366 :     if (newtablename)
    1010         288 :         pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1]));
    1011             : 
    1012             :     /*
    1013             :      * Update relation's pg_class entry; if necessary; and if not, send an SI
    1014             :      * message to make other backends (and this one) rebuild relcache entries.
    1015             :      */
    1016       16366 :     pgrel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1017       16366 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
    1018             :                                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
    1019       16366 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    1020           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u",
    1021             :              RelationGetRelid(rel));
    1022       16366 :     if (!((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers)
    1023             :     {
    1024        6148 :         ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers = true;
    1025             : 
    1026        6148 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(pgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    1027             : 
    1028        6148 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    1029             :     }
    1030             :     else
    1031       10218 :         CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
    1032             : 
    1033       16366 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    1034       16366 :     table_close(pgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1035             : 
    1036             :     /*
    1037             :      * If we're replacing a trigger, flush all the old dependencies before
    1038             :      * recording new ones.
    1039             :      */
    1040       16366 :     if (trigger_exists)
    1041          78 :         deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, true);
    1042             : 
    1043             :     /*
    1044             :      * Record dependencies for trigger.  Always place a normal dependency on
    1045             :      * the function.
    1046             :      */
    1047       16366 :     myself.classId = TriggerRelationId;
    1048       16366 :     myself.objectId = trigoid;
    1049       16366 :     myself.objectSubId = 0;
    1050             : 
    1051       16366 :     referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
    1052       16366 :     referenced.objectId = funcoid;
    1053       16366 :     referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1054       16366 :     recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    1055             : 
    1056       16366 :     if (isInternal && OidIsValid(constraintOid))
    1057             :     {
    1058             :         /*
    1059             :          * Internally-generated trigger for a constraint, so make it an
    1060             :          * internal dependency of the constraint.  We can skip depending on
    1061             :          * the relation(s), as there'll be an indirect dependency via the
    1062             :          * constraint.
    1063             :          */
    1064       12592 :         referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
    1065       12592 :         referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
    1066       12592 :         referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1067       12592 :         recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
    1068             :     }
    1069             :     else
    1070             :     {
    1071             :         /*
    1072             :          * User CREATE TRIGGER, so place dependencies.  We make trigger be
    1073             :          * auto-dropped if its relation is dropped or if the FK relation is
    1074             :          * dropped.  (Auto drop is compatible with our pre-7.3 behavior.)
    1075             :          */
    1076        3774 :         referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
    1077        3774 :         referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    1078        3774 :         referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1079        3774 :         recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
    1080             : 
    1081        3774 :         if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
    1082             :         {
    1083          42 :             referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
    1084          42 :             referenced.objectId = constrrelid;
    1085          42 :             referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1086          42 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
    1087             :         }
    1088             :         /* Not possible to have an index dependency in this case */
    1089             :         Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
    1090             : 
    1091             :         /*
    1092             :          * If it's a user-specified constraint trigger, make the constraint
    1093             :          * internally dependent on the trigger instead of vice versa.
    1094             :          */
    1095        3774 :         if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
    1096             :         {
    1097         158 :             referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
    1098         158 :             referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
    1099         158 :             referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    1100         158 :             recordDependencyOn(&referenced, &myself, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
    1101             :         }
    1102             : 
    1103             :         /*
    1104             :          * If it's a partition trigger, create the partition dependencies.
    1105             :          */
    1106        3774 :         if (OidIsValid(parentTriggerOid))
    1107             :         {
    1108         804 :             ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTriggerOid);
    1109         804 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
    1110         804 :             ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel));
    1111         804 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    1112             :         }
    1113             :     }
    1114             : 
    1115             :     /* If column-specific trigger, add normal dependencies on columns */
    1116       16366 :     if (columns != NULL)
    1117             :     {
    1118             :         int         i;
    1119             : 
    1120         100 :         referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
    1121         100 :         referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    1122         208 :         for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++)
    1123             :         {
    1124         108 :             referenced.objectSubId = columns[i];
    1125         108 :             recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    1126             :         }
    1127             :     }
    1128             : 
    1129             :     /*
    1130             :      * If it has a WHEN clause, add dependencies on objects mentioned in the
    1131             :      * expression (eg, functions, as well as any columns used).
    1132             :      */
    1133       16366 :     if (whenRtable != NIL)
    1134         136 :         recordDependencyOnExpr(&myself, whenClause, whenRtable,
    1135             :                                DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    1136             : 
    1137             :     /* Post creation hook for new trigger */
    1138       16366 :     InvokeObjectPostCreateHookArg(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, 0,
    1139             :                                   isInternal);
    1140             : 
    1141             :     /*
    1142             :      * Lastly, create the trigger on child relations, if needed.
    1143             :      */
    1144       16366 :     if (partition_recurse)
    1145             :     {
    1146         386 :         PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
    1147             :         int         i;
    1148             :         MemoryContext oldcxt,
    1149             :                     perChildCxt;
    1150             : 
    1151         386 :         perChildCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
    1152             :                                             "part trig clone",
    1153             :                                             ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
    1154             : 
    1155             :         /*
    1156             :          * We don't currently expect to be called with a valid indexOid.  If
    1157             :          * that ever changes then we'll need to write code here to find the
    1158             :          * corresponding child index.
    1159             :          */
    1160             :         Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
    1161             : 
    1162         386 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perChildCxt);
    1163             : 
    1164             :         /* Iterate to create the trigger on each existing partition */
    1165        1040 :         for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1166             :         {
    1167             :             CreateTrigStmt *childStmt;
    1168             :             Relation    childTbl;
    1169             :             Node       *qual;
    1170             : 
    1171         660 :             childTbl = table_open(partdesc->oids[i], ShareRowExclusiveLock);
    1172             : 
    1173             :             /*
    1174             :              * Initialize our fabricated parse node by copying the original
    1175             :              * one, then resetting fields that we pass separately.
    1176             :              */
    1177         660 :             childStmt = copyObject(stmt);
    1178         660 :             childStmt->funcname = NIL;
    1179         660 :             childStmt->whenClause = NULL;
    1180             : 
    1181             :             /* If there is a WHEN clause, create a modified copy of it */
    1182         660 :             qual = copyObject(whenClause);
    1183             :             qual = (Node *)
    1184         660 :                 map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO,
    1185             :                                         childTbl, rel);
    1186             :             qual = (Node *)
    1187         660 :                 map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO,
    1188             :                                         childTbl, rel);
    1189             : 
    1190         660 :             CreateTriggerFiringOn(childStmt, queryString,
    1191         660 :                                   partdesc->oids[i], refRelOid,
    1192             :                                   InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
    1193             :                                   funcoid, trigoid, qual,
    1194             :                                   isInternal, true, trigger_fires_when);
    1195             : 
    1196         654 :             table_close(childTbl, NoLock);
    1197             : 
    1198         654 :             MemoryContextReset(perChildCxt);
    1199             :         }
    1200             : 
    1201         380 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    1202         380 :         MemoryContextDelete(perChildCxt);
    1203             :     }
    1204             : 
    1205             :     /* Keep lock on target rel until end of xact */
    1206       16360 :     table_close(rel, NoLock);
    1207             : 
    1208       16360 :     return myself;
    1209             : }
    1210             : 
    1211             : /*
    1212             :  * TriggerSetParentTrigger
    1213             :  *      Set a partition's trigger as child of its parent trigger,
    1214             :  *      or remove the linkage if parentTrigId is InvalidOid.
    1215             :  *
    1216             :  * This updates the constraint's pg_trigger row to show it as inherited, and
    1217             :  * adds PARTITION dependencies to prevent the trigger from being deleted
    1218             :  * on its own.  Alternatively, reverse that.
    1219             :  */
    1220             : void
    1221         504 : TriggerSetParentTrigger(Relation trigRel,
    1222             :                         Oid childTrigId,
    1223             :                         Oid parentTrigId,
    1224             :                         Oid childTableId)
    1225             : {
    1226             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1227             :     ScanKeyData skey[1];
    1228             :     Form_pg_trigger trigForm;
    1229             :     HeapTuple   tuple,
    1230             :                 newtup;
    1231             :     ObjectAddress depender;
    1232             :     ObjectAddress referenced;
    1233             : 
    1234             :     /*
    1235             :      * Find the trigger to delete.
    1236             :      */
    1237         504 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    1238             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
    1239             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1240             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(childTrigId));
    1241             : 
    1242         504 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(trigRel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
    1243             :                                 NULL, 1, skey);
    1244             : 
    1245         504 :     tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    1246         504 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    1247           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", childTrigId);
    1248         504 :     newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
    1249         504 :     trigForm = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
    1250         504 :     if (OidIsValid(parentTrigId))
    1251             :     {
    1252             :         /* don't allow setting parent for a constraint that already has one */
    1253         300 :         if (OidIsValid(trigForm->tgparentid))
    1254           0 :             elog(ERROR, "trigger %u already has a parent trigger",
    1255             :                  childTrigId);
    1256             : 
    1257         300 :         trigForm->tgparentid = parentTrigId;
    1258             : 
    1259         300 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
    1260             : 
    1261         300 :         ObjectAddressSet(depender, TriggerRelationId, childTrigId);
    1262             : 
    1263         300 :         ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTrigId);
    1264         300 :         recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
    1265             : 
    1266         300 :         ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, childTableId);
    1267         300 :         recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    1268             :     }
    1269             :     else
    1270             :     {
    1271         204 :         trigForm->tgparentid = InvalidOid;
    1272             : 
    1273         204 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
    1274             : 
    1275         204 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
    1276             :                                         TriggerRelationId,
    1277             :                                         DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
    1278         204 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
    1279             :                                         RelationRelationId,
    1280             :                                         DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    1281             :     }
    1282             : 
    1283         504 :     heap_freetuple(newtup);
    1284         504 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1285         504 : }
    1286             : 
    1287             : 
    1288             : /*
    1289             :  * Guts of trigger deletion.
    1290             :  */
    1291             : void
    1292       14204 : RemoveTriggerById(Oid trigOid)
    1293             : {
    1294             :     Relation    tgrel;
    1295             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1296             :     ScanKeyData skey[1];
    1297             :     HeapTuple   tup;
    1298             :     Oid         relid;
    1299             :     Relation    rel;
    1300             : 
    1301       14204 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1302             : 
    1303             :     /*
    1304             :      * Find the trigger to delete.
    1305             :      */
    1306       14204 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    1307             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
    1308             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1309             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(trigOid));
    1310             : 
    1311       14204 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
    1312             :                                 NULL, 1, skey);
    1313             : 
    1314       14204 :     tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    1315       14204 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    1316           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", trigOid);
    1317             : 
    1318             :     /*
    1319             :      * Open and exclusive-lock the relation the trigger belongs to.
    1320             :      */
    1321       14204 :     relid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->tgrelid;
    1322             : 
    1323       14204 :     rel = table_open(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    1324             : 
    1325       14204 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
    1326        2648 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
    1327        2512 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
    1328        2420 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1329           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1330             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    1331             :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
    1332             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    1333             :                  errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
    1334             : 
    1335       14204 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
    1336           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1337             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    1338             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    1339             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    1340             : 
    1341             :     /*
    1342             :      * Delete the pg_trigger tuple.
    1343             :      */
    1344       14204 :     CatalogTupleDelete(tgrel, &tup->t_self);
    1345             : 
    1346       14204 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1347       14204 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1348             : 
    1349             :     /*
    1350             :      * We do not bother to try to determine whether any other triggers remain,
    1351             :      * which would be needed in order to decide whether it's safe to clear the
    1352             :      * relation's relhastriggers.  (In any case, there might be a concurrent
    1353             :      * process adding new triggers.)  Instead, just force a relcache inval to
    1354             :      * make other backends (and this one too!) rebuild their relcache entries.
    1355             :      * There's no great harm in leaving relhastriggers true even if there are
    1356             :      * no triggers left.
    1357             :      */
    1358       14204 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
    1359             : 
    1360             :     /* Keep lock on trigger's rel until end of xact */
    1361       14204 :     table_close(rel, NoLock);
    1362       14204 : }
    1363             : 
    1364             : /*
    1365             :  * get_trigger_oid - Look up a trigger by name to find its OID.
    1366             :  *
    1367             :  * If missing_ok is false, throw an error if trigger not found.  If
    1368             :  * true, just return InvalidOid.
    1369             :  */
    1370             : Oid
    1371         790 : get_trigger_oid(Oid relid, const char *trigname, bool missing_ok)
    1372             : {
    1373             :     Relation    tgrel;
    1374             :     ScanKeyData skey[2];
    1375             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1376             :     HeapTuple   tup;
    1377             :     Oid         oid;
    1378             : 
    1379             :     /*
    1380             :      * Find the trigger, verify permissions, set up object address
    1381             :      */
    1382         790 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    1383             : 
    1384         790 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    1385             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1386             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1387             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    1388         790 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
    1389             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1390             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1391             :                 CStringGetDatum(trigname));
    1392             : 
    1393         790 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1394             :                                 NULL, 2, skey);
    1395             : 
    1396         790 :     tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    1397             : 
    1398         790 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    1399             :     {
    1400          30 :         if (!missing_ok)
    1401          24 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1402             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1403             :                      errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
    1404             :                             trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
    1405           6 :         oid = InvalidOid;
    1406             :     }
    1407             :     else
    1408             :     {
    1409         760 :         oid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oid;
    1410             :     }
    1411             : 
    1412         766 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1413         766 :     table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
    1414         766 :     return oid;
    1415             : }
    1416             : 
    1417             : /*
    1418             :  * Perform permissions and integrity checks before acquiring a relation lock.
    1419             :  */
    1420             : static void
    1421          40 : RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid,
    1422             :                                  void *arg)
    1423             : {
    1424             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1425             :     Form_pg_class form;
    1426             : 
    1427          40 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    1428          40 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    1429           0 :         return;                 /* concurrently dropped */
    1430          40 :     form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1431             : 
    1432             :     /* only tables and views can have triggers */
    1433          40 :     if (form->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && form->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
    1434          24 :         form->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
    1435          24 :         form->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1436           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1437             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    1438             :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
    1439             :                         rv->relname),
    1440             :                  errdetail_relkind_not_supported(form->relkind)));
    1441             : 
    1442             :     /* you must own the table to rename one of its triggers */
    1443          40 :     if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relid, GetUserId()))
    1444           0 :         aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relid)), rv->relname);
    1445          40 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, form))
    1446           2 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1447             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    1448             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    1449             :                         rv->relname)));
    1450             : 
    1451          38 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    1452             : }
    1453             : 
    1454             : /*
    1455             :  *      renametrig      - changes the name of a trigger on a relation
    1456             :  *
    1457             :  *      trigger name is changed in trigger catalog.
    1458             :  *      No record of the previous name is kept.
    1459             :  *
    1460             :  *      get proper relrelation from relation catalog (if not arg)
    1461             :  *      scan trigger catalog
    1462             :  *              for name conflict (within rel)
    1463             :  *              for original trigger (if not arg)
    1464             :  *      modify tgname in trigger tuple
    1465             :  *      update row in catalog
    1466             :  */
    1467             : ObjectAddress
    1468          40 : renametrig(RenameStmt *stmt)
    1469             : {
    1470             :     Oid         tgoid;
    1471             :     Relation    targetrel;
    1472             :     Relation    tgrel;
    1473             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1474             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1475             :     ScanKeyData key[2];
    1476             :     Oid         relid;
    1477             :     ObjectAddress address;
    1478             : 
    1479             :     /*
    1480             :      * Look up name, check permissions, and acquire lock (which we will NOT
    1481             :      * release until end of transaction).
    1482             :      */
    1483          40 :     relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
    1484             :                                      0,
    1485             :                                      RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger,
    1486             :                                      NULL);
    1487             : 
    1488             :     /* Have lock already, so just need to build relcache entry. */
    1489          38 :     targetrel = relation_open(relid, NoLock);
    1490             : 
    1491             :     /*
    1492             :      * On partitioned tables, this operation recurses to partitions.  Lock all
    1493             :      * tables upfront.
    1494             :      */
    1495          38 :     if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1496          24 :         (void) find_all_inheritors(relid, AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
    1497             : 
    1498          38 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1499             : 
    1500             :     /*
    1501             :      * Search for the trigger to modify.
    1502             :      */
    1503          38 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
    1504             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1505             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1506             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    1507          38 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
    1508             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1509             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1510          38 :                 PointerGetDatum(stmt->subname));
    1511          38 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1512             :                                 NULL, 2, key);
    1513          38 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1514             :     {
    1515             :         Form_pg_trigger trigform;
    1516             : 
    1517          38 :         trigform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1518          38 :         tgoid = trigform->oid;
    1519             : 
    1520             :         /*
    1521             :          * If the trigger descends from a trigger on a parent partitioned
    1522             :          * table, reject the rename.  We don't allow a trigger in a partition
    1523             :          * to differ in name from that of its parent: that would lead to an
    1524             :          * inconsistency that pg_dump would not reproduce.
    1525             :          */
    1526          38 :         if (OidIsValid(trigform->tgparentid))
    1527           6 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1528             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1529             :                     errmsg("cannot rename trigger \"%s\" on table \"%s\"",
    1530             :                            stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)),
    1531             :                     errhint("Rename the trigger on the partitioned table \"%s\" instead.",
    1532             :                             get_rel_name(get_partition_parent(relid, false))));
    1533             : 
    1534             : 
    1535             :         /* Rename the trigger on this relation ... */
    1536          32 :         renametrig_internal(tgrel, targetrel, tuple, stmt->newname,
    1537          32 :                             stmt->subname);
    1538             : 
    1539             :         /* ... and if it is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
    1540          32 :         if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1541             :         {
    1542          18 :             PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(targetrel, true);
    1543             : 
    1544          30 :             for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1545             :             {
    1546          18 :                 Oid         partitionId = partdesc->oids[i];
    1547             : 
    1548          18 :                 renametrig_partition(tgrel, partitionId, trigform->oid,
    1549          18 :                                      stmt->newname, stmt->subname);
    1550             :             }
    1551             :         }
    1552             :     }
    1553             :     else
    1554             :     {
    1555           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1556             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1557             :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
    1558             :                         stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
    1559             :     }
    1560             : 
    1561          26 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, TriggerRelationId, tgoid);
    1562             : 
    1563          26 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1564             : 
    1565          26 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1566             : 
    1567             :     /*
    1568             :      * Close rel, but keep exclusive lock!
    1569             :      */
    1570          26 :     relation_close(targetrel, NoLock);
    1571             : 
    1572          26 :     return address;
    1573             : }
    1574             : 
    1575             : /*
    1576             :  * Subroutine for renametrig -- perform the actual work of renaming one
    1577             :  * trigger on one table.
    1578             :  *
    1579             :  * If the trigger has a name different from the expected one, raise a
    1580             :  * NOTICE about it.
    1581             :  */
    1582             : static void
    1583          56 : renametrig_internal(Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel, HeapTuple trigtup,
    1584             :                     const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
    1585             : {
    1586             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1587             :     Form_pg_trigger tgform;
    1588             :     ScanKeyData key[2];
    1589             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1590             : 
    1591             :     /* If the trigger already has the new name, nothing to do. */
    1592          56 :     tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
    1593          56 :     if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), newname) == 0)
    1594           0 :         return;
    1595             : 
    1596             :     /*
    1597             :      * Before actually trying the rename, search for triggers with the same
    1598             :      * name.  The update would fail with an ugly message in that case, and it
    1599             :      * is better to throw a nicer error.
    1600             :      */
    1601          56 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
    1602             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1603             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1604             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(targetrel)));
    1605          56 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
    1606             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1607             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1608             :                 PointerGetDatum(newname));
    1609          56 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1610             :                                 NULL, 2, key);
    1611          56 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1612           6 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1613             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
    1614             :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
    1615             :                         newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
    1616          50 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1617             : 
    1618             :     /*
    1619             :      * The target name is free; update the existing pg_trigger tuple with it.
    1620             :      */
    1621          50 :     tuple = heap_copytuple(trigtup);    /* need a modifiable copy */
    1622          50 :     tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1623             : 
    1624             :     /*
    1625             :      * If the trigger has a name different from what we expected, let the user
    1626             :      * know. (We can proceed anyway, since we must have reached here following
    1627             :      * a tgparentid link.)
    1628             :      */
    1629          50 :     if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), expected_name) != 0)
    1630           0 :         ereport(NOTICE,
    1631             :                 errmsg("renamed trigger \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
    1632             :                        NameStr(tgform->tgname),
    1633             :                        RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)));
    1634             : 
    1635          50 :     namestrcpy(&tgform->tgname, newname);
    1636             : 
    1637          50 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    1638             : 
    1639          50 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
    1640             : 
    1641             :     /*
    1642             :      * Invalidate relation's relcache entry so that other backends (and this
    1643             :      * one too!) are sent SI message to make them rebuild relcache entries.
    1644             :      * (Ideally this should happen automatically...)
    1645             :      */
    1646          50 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrel);
    1647             : }
    1648             : 
    1649             : /*
    1650             :  * Subroutine for renametrig -- Helper for recursing to partitions when
    1651             :  * renaming triggers on a partitioned table.
    1652             :  */
    1653             : static void
    1654          30 : renametrig_partition(Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId, Oid parentTriggerOid,
    1655             :                      const char *newname, const char *expected_name)
    1656             : {
    1657             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1658             :     ScanKeyData key;
    1659             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1660             : 
    1661             :     /*
    1662             :      * Given a relation and the OID of a trigger on parent relation, find the
    1663             :      * corresponding trigger in the child and rename that trigger to the given
    1664             :      * name.
    1665             :      */
    1666          30 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
    1667             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1668             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1669             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
    1670          30 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1671             :                                 NULL, 1, &key);
    1672          48 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1673             :     {
    1674          42 :         Form_pg_trigger tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1675             :         Relation    partitionRel;
    1676             : 
    1677          42 :         if (tgform->tgparentid != parentTriggerOid)
    1678          18 :             continue;           /* not our trigger */
    1679             : 
    1680          24 :         partitionRel = table_open(partitionId, NoLock);
    1681             : 
    1682             :         /* Rename the trigger on this partition */
    1683          24 :         renametrig_internal(tgrel, partitionRel, tuple, newname, expected_name);
    1684             : 
    1685             :         /* And if this relation is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
    1686          18 :         if (partitionRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1687             :         {
    1688           6 :             PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(partitionRel,
    1689             :                                                               true);
    1690             : 
    1691          18 :             for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1692             :             {
    1693          12 :                 Oid         partoid = partdesc->oids[i];
    1694             : 
    1695          12 :                 renametrig_partition(tgrel, partoid, tgform->oid, newname,
    1696          12 :                                      NameStr(tgform->tgname));
    1697             :             }
    1698             :         }
    1699          18 :         table_close(partitionRel, NoLock);
    1700             : 
    1701             :         /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
    1702          18 :         break;
    1703             :     }
    1704          24 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1705          24 : }
    1706             : 
    1707             : /*
    1708             :  * EnableDisableTrigger()
    1709             :  *
    1710             :  *  Called by ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE [ REPLICA | ALWAYS ] TRIGGER
    1711             :  *  to change 'tgenabled' field for the specified trigger(s)
    1712             :  *
    1713             :  * rel: relation to process (caller must hold suitable lock on it)
    1714             :  * tgname: name of trigger to process, or NULL to scan all triggers
    1715             :  * tgparent: if not zero, process only triggers with this tgparentid
    1716             :  * fires_when: new value for tgenabled field. In addition to generic
    1717             :  *             enablement/disablement, this also defines when the trigger
    1718             :  *             should be fired in session replication roles.
    1719             :  * skip_system: if true, skip "system" triggers (constraint triggers)
    1720             :  * recurse: if true, recurse to partitions
    1721             :  *
    1722             :  * Caller should have checked permissions for the table; here we also
    1723             :  * enforce that superuser privilege is required to alter the state of
    1724             :  * system triggers
    1725             :  */
    1726             : void
    1727         452 : EnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *tgname, Oid tgparent,
    1728             :                      char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse,
    1729             :                      LOCKMODE lockmode)
    1730             : {
    1731             :     Relation    tgrel;
    1732             :     int         nkeys;
    1733             :     ScanKeyData keys[2];
    1734             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1735             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1736             :     bool        found;
    1737             :     bool        changed;
    1738             : 
    1739             :     /* Scan the relevant entries in pg_triggers */
    1740         452 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    1741             : 
    1742         452 :     ScanKeyInit(&keys[0],
    1743             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1744             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1745             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
    1746         452 :     if (tgname)
    1747             :     {
    1748         318 :         ScanKeyInit(&keys[1],
    1749             :                     Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
    1750             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    1751             :                     CStringGetDatum(tgname));
    1752         318 :         nkeys = 2;
    1753             :     }
    1754             :     else
    1755         134 :         nkeys = 1;
    1756             : 
    1757         452 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1758             :                                 NULL, nkeys, keys);
    1759             : 
    1760         452 :     found = changed = false;
    1761             : 
    1762        1180 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1763             :     {
    1764         728 :         Form_pg_trigger oldtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1765             : 
    1766         728 :         if (OidIsValid(tgparent) && tgparent != oldtrig->tgparentid)
    1767         192 :             continue;
    1768             : 
    1769         536 :         if (oldtrig->tgisinternal)
    1770             :         {
    1771             :             /* system trigger ... ok to process? */
    1772          72 :             if (skip_system)
    1773          12 :                 continue;
    1774          60 :             if (!superuser())
    1775           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    1776             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    1777             :                          errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system trigger",
    1778             :                                 NameStr(oldtrig->tgname))));
    1779             :         }
    1780             : 
    1781         524 :         found = true;
    1782             : 
    1783         524 :         if (oldtrig->tgenabled != fires_when)
    1784             :         {
    1785             :             /* need to change this one ... make a copy to scribble on */
    1786         494 :             HeapTuple   newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
    1787         494 :             Form_pg_trigger newtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
    1788             : 
    1789         494 :             newtrig->tgenabled = fires_when;
    1790             : 
    1791         494 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &newtup->t_self, newtup);
    1792             : 
    1793         494 :             heap_freetuple(newtup);
    1794             : 
    1795         494 :             changed = true;
    1796             :         }
    1797             : 
    1798             :         /*
    1799             :          * When altering FOR EACH ROW triggers on a partitioned table, do the
    1800             :          * same on the partitions as well, unless ONLY is specified.
    1801             :          *
    1802             :          * Note that we recurse even if we didn't change the trigger above,
    1803             :          * because the partitions' copy of the trigger may have a different
    1804             :          * value of tgenabled than the parent's trigger and thus might need to
    1805             :          * be changed.
    1806             :          */
    1807         524 :         if (recurse &&
    1808         496 :             rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
    1809          86 :             (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(oldtrig->tgtype)))
    1810             :         {
    1811          74 :             PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
    1812             :             int         i;
    1813             : 
    1814         184 :             for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
    1815             :             {
    1816             :                 Relation    part;
    1817             : 
    1818         110 :                 part = relation_open(partdesc->oids[i], lockmode);
    1819             :                 /* Match on child triggers' tgparentid, not their name */
    1820         110 :                 EnableDisableTrigger(part, NULL, oldtrig->oid,
    1821             :                                      fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
    1822             :                                      lockmode);
    1823         110 :                 table_close(part, NoLock);  /* keep lock till commit */
    1824             :             }
    1825             :         }
    1826             : 
    1827         524 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId,
    1828             :                                   oldtrig->oid, 0);
    1829             :     }
    1830             : 
    1831         452 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1832             : 
    1833         452 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
    1834             : 
    1835         452 :     if (tgname && !found)
    1836           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1837             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1838             :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
    1839             :                         tgname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    1840             : 
    1841             :     /*
    1842             :      * If we changed anything, broadcast a SI inval message to force each
    1843             :      * backend (including our own!) to rebuild relation's relcache entry.
    1844             :      * Otherwise they will fail to apply the change promptly.
    1845             :      */
    1846         452 :     if (changed)
    1847         446 :         CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
    1848         452 : }
    1849             : 
    1850             : 
    1851             : /*
    1852             :  * Build trigger data to attach to the given relcache entry.
    1853             :  *
    1854             :  * Note that trigger data attached to a relcache entry must be stored in
    1855             :  * CacheMemoryContext to ensure it survives as long as the relcache entry.
    1856             :  * But we should be running in a less long-lived working context.  To avoid
    1857             :  * leaking cache memory if this routine fails partway through, we build a
    1858             :  * temporary TriggerDesc in working memory and then copy the completed
    1859             :  * structure into cache memory.
    1860             :  */
    1861             : void
    1862       62062 : RelationBuildTriggers(Relation relation)
    1863             : {
    1864             :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    1865             :     int         numtrigs;
    1866             :     int         maxtrigs;
    1867             :     Trigger    *triggers;
    1868             :     Relation    tgrel;
    1869             :     ScanKeyData skey;
    1870             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
    1871             :     HeapTuple   htup;
    1872             :     MemoryContext oldContext;
    1873             :     int         i;
    1874             : 
    1875             :     /*
    1876             :      * Allocate a working array to hold the triggers (the array is extended if
    1877             :      * necessary)
    1878             :      */
    1879       62062 :     maxtrigs = 16;
    1880       62062 :     triggers = (Trigger *) palloc(maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
    1881       62062 :     numtrigs = 0;
    1882             : 
    1883             :     /*
    1884             :      * Note: since we scan the triggers using TriggerRelidNameIndexId, we will
    1885             :      * be reading the triggers in name order, except possibly during
    1886             :      * emergency-recovery operations (ie, IgnoreSystemIndexes). This in turn
    1887             :      * ensures that triggers will be fired in name order.
    1888             :      */
    1889       62062 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey,
    1890             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
    1891             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    1892             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
    1893             : 
    1894       62062 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    1895       62062 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
    1896             :                                 NULL, 1, &skey);
    1897             : 
    1898      175644 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    1899             :     {
    1900      113582 :         Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
    1901             :         Trigger    *build;
    1902             :         Datum       datum;
    1903             :         bool        isnull;
    1904             : 
    1905      113582 :         if (numtrigs >= maxtrigs)
    1906             :         {
    1907          48 :             maxtrigs *= 2;
    1908          48 :             triggers = (Trigger *) repalloc(triggers, maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
    1909             :         }
    1910      113582 :         build = &(triggers[numtrigs]);
    1911             : 
    1912      113582 :         build->tgoid = pg_trigger->oid;
    1913      113582 :         build->tgname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout,
    1914             :                                                             NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
    1915      113582 :         build->tgfoid = pg_trigger->tgfoid;
    1916      113582 :         build->tgtype = pg_trigger->tgtype;
    1917      113582 :         build->tgenabled = pg_trigger->tgenabled;
    1918      113582 :         build->tgisinternal = pg_trigger->tgisinternal;
    1919      113582 :         build->tgisclone = OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgparentid);
    1920      113582 :         build->tgconstrrelid = pg_trigger->tgconstrrelid;
    1921      113582 :         build->tgconstrindid = pg_trigger->tgconstrindid;
    1922      113582 :         build->tgconstraint = pg_trigger->tgconstraint;
    1923      113582 :         build->tgdeferrable = pg_trigger->tgdeferrable;
    1924      113582 :         build->tginitdeferred = pg_trigger->tginitdeferred;
    1925      113582 :         build->tgnargs = pg_trigger->tgnargs;
    1926             :         /* tgattr is first var-width field, so OK to access directly */
    1927      113582 :         build->tgnattr = pg_trigger->tgattr.dim1;
    1928      113582 :         if (build->tgnattr > 0)
    1929             :         {
    1930         530 :             build->tgattr = (int16 *) palloc(build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    1931         530 :             memcpy(build->tgattr, &(pg_trigger->tgattr.values),
    1932         530 :                    build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    1933             :         }
    1934             :         else
    1935      113052 :             build->tgattr = NULL;
    1936      113582 :         if (build->tgnargs > 0)
    1937             :         {
    1938             :             bytea      *val;
    1939             :             char       *p;
    1940             : 
    1941        2786 :             val = DatumGetByteaPP(fastgetattr(htup,
    1942             :                                               Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs,
    1943             :                                               tgrel->rd_att, &isnull));
    1944        2786 :             if (isnull)
    1945           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "tgargs is null in trigger for relation \"%s\"",
    1946             :                      RelationGetRelationName(relation));
    1947        2786 :             p = (char *) VARDATA_ANY(val);
    1948        2786 :             build->tgargs = (char **) palloc(build->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
    1949        6036 :             for (i = 0; i < build->tgnargs; i++)
    1950             :             {
    1951        3250 :                 build->tgargs[i] = pstrdup(p);
    1952        3250 :                 p += strlen(p) + 1;
    1953             :             }
    1954             :         }
    1955             :         else
    1956      110796 :             build->tgargs = NULL;
    1957             : 
    1958      113582 :         datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable,
    1959             :                             tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
    1960      113582 :         if (!isnull)
    1961        1020 :             build->tgoldtable =
    1962        1020 :                 DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
    1963             :         else
    1964      112562 :             build->tgoldtable = NULL;
    1965             : 
    1966      113582 :         datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable,
    1967             :                             tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
    1968      113582 :         if (!isnull)
    1969        1336 :             build->tgnewtable =
    1970        1336 :                 DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
    1971             :         else
    1972      112246 :             build->tgnewtable = NULL;
    1973             : 
    1974      113582 :         datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual,
    1975             :                             tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
    1976      113582 :         if (!isnull)
    1977         920 :             build->tgqual = TextDatumGetCString(datum);
    1978             :         else
    1979      112662 :             build->tgqual = NULL;
    1980             : 
    1981      113582 :         numtrigs++;
    1982             :     }
    1983             : 
    1984       62062 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
    1985       62062 :     table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
    1986             : 
    1987             :     /* There might not be any triggers */
    1988       62062 :     if (numtrigs == 0)
    1989             :     {
    1990       14018 :         pfree(triggers);
    1991       14018 :         return;
    1992             :     }
    1993             : 
    1994             :     /* Build trigdesc */
    1995       48044 :     trigdesc = (TriggerDesc *) palloc0(sizeof(TriggerDesc));
    1996       48044 :     trigdesc->triggers = triggers;
    1997       48044 :     trigdesc->numtriggers = numtrigs;
    1998      161626 :     for (i = 0; i < numtrigs; i++)
    1999      113582 :         SetTriggerFlags(trigdesc, &(triggers[i]));
    2000             : 
    2001             :     /* Copy completed trigdesc into cache storage */
    2002       48044 :     oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CacheMemoryContext);
    2003       48044 :     relation->trigdesc = CopyTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
    2004       48044 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
    2005             : 
    2006             :     /* Release working memory */
    2007       48044 :     FreeTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
    2008             : }
    2009             : 
    2010             : /*
    2011             :  * Update the TriggerDesc's hint flags to include the specified trigger
    2012             :  */
    2013             : static void
    2014      113582 : SetTriggerFlags(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Trigger *trigger)
    2015             : {
    2016      113582 :     int16       tgtype = trigger->tgtype;
    2017             : 
    2018      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_before_row |=
    2019      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2020             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2021      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row |=
    2022      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2023             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2024      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_instead_row |=
    2025      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2026             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2027      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement |=
    2028      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2029             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2030      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement |=
    2031      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2032             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    2033      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_update_before_row |=
    2034      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2035             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2036      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_update_after_row |=
    2037      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2038             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2039      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_update_instead_row |=
    2040      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2041             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2042      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement |=
    2043      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2044             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2045      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement |=
    2046      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2047             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    2048      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_before_row |=
    2049      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2050             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2051      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row |=
    2052      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2053             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2054      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_instead_row |=
    2055      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2056             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2057      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement |=
    2058      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2059             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2060      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement |=
    2061      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2062             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    2063             :     /* there are no row-level truncate triggers */
    2064      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement |=
    2065      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2066             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
    2067      113582 :     trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement |=
    2068      113582 :         TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2069             :                              TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
    2070             : 
    2071      227164 :     trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table |=
    2072      150572 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) &&
    2073       36990 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
    2074      227164 :     trigdesc->trig_update_old_table |=
    2075      165404 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
    2076       51822 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
    2077      227164 :     trigdesc->trig_update_new_table |=
    2078      165404 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
    2079       51822 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
    2080      227164 :     trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table |=
    2081      145196 :         (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) &&
    2082       31614 :          TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
    2083      113582 : }
    2084             : 
    2085             : /*
    2086             :  * Copy a TriggerDesc data structure.
    2087             :  *
    2088             :  * The copy is allocated in the current memory context.
    2089             :  */
    2090             : TriggerDesc *
    2091      481678 : CopyTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
    2092             : {
    2093             :     TriggerDesc *newdesc;
    2094             :     Trigger    *trigger;
    2095             :     int         i;
    2096             : 
    2097      481678 :     if (trigdesc == NULL || trigdesc->numtriggers <= 0)
    2098      416442 :         return NULL;
    2099             : 
    2100       65236 :     newdesc = (TriggerDesc *) palloc(sizeof(TriggerDesc));
    2101       65236 :     memcpy(newdesc, trigdesc, sizeof(TriggerDesc));
    2102             : 
    2103       65236 :     trigger = (Trigger *) palloc(trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
    2104       65236 :     memcpy(trigger, trigdesc->triggers,
    2105       65236 :            trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
    2106       65236 :     newdesc->triggers = trigger;
    2107             : 
    2108      226878 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2109             :     {
    2110      161642 :         trigger->tgname = pstrdup(trigger->tgname);
    2111      161642 :         if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
    2112             :         {
    2113             :             int16      *newattr;
    2114             : 
    2115        1016 :             newattr = (int16 *) palloc(trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    2116        1016 :             memcpy(newattr, trigger->tgattr,
    2117        1016 :                    trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
    2118        1016 :             trigger->tgattr = newattr;
    2119             :         }
    2120      161642 :         if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
    2121             :         {
    2122             :             char      **newargs;
    2123             :             int16       j;
    2124             : 
    2125        8948 :             newargs = (char **) palloc(trigger->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
    2126       19054 :             for (j = 0; j < trigger->tgnargs; j++)
    2127       10106 :                 newargs[j] = pstrdup(trigger->tgargs[j]);
    2128        8948 :             trigger->tgargs = newargs;
    2129             :         }
    2130      161642 :         if (trigger->tgqual)
    2131        1490 :             trigger->tgqual = pstrdup(trigger->tgqual);
    2132      161642 :         if (trigger->tgoldtable)
    2133        2248 :             trigger->tgoldtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgoldtable);
    2134      161642 :         if (trigger->tgnewtable)
    2135        2602 :             trigger->tgnewtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgnewtable);
    2136      161642 :         trigger++;
    2137             :     }
    2138             : 
    2139       65236 :     return newdesc;
    2140             : }
    2141             : 
    2142             : /*
    2143             :  * Free a TriggerDesc data structure.
    2144             :  */
    2145             : void
    2146     1263986 : FreeTriggerDesc(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
    2147             : {
    2148             :     Trigger    *trigger;
    2149             :     int         i;
    2150             : 
    2151     1263986 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2152     1171918 :         return;
    2153             : 
    2154       92068 :     trigger = trigdesc->triggers;
    2155      307112 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2156             :     {
    2157      215044 :         pfree(trigger->tgname);
    2158      215044 :         if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
    2159         994 :             pfree(trigger->tgattr);
    2160      215044 :         if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
    2161             :         {
    2162       11252 :             while (--(trigger->tgnargs) >= 0)
    2163        6060 :                 pfree(trigger->tgargs[trigger->tgnargs]);
    2164        5192 :             pfree(trigger->tgargs);
    2165             :         }
    2166      215044 :         if (trigger->tgqual)
    2167        1702 :             pfree(trigger->tgqual);
    2168      215044 :         if (trigger->tgoldtable)
    2169        1952 :             pfree(trigger->tgoldtable);
    2170      215044 :         if (trigger->tgnewtable)
    2171        2564 :             pfree(trigger->tgnewtable);
    2172      215044 :         trigger++;
    2173             :     }
    2174       92068 :     pfree(trigdesc->triggers);
    2175       92068 :     pfree(trigdesc);
    2176             : }
    2177             : 
    2178             : /*
    2179             :  * Compare two TriggerDesc structures for logical equality.
    2180             :  */
    2181             : #ifdef NOT_USED
    2182             : bool
    2183             : equalTriggerDescs(TriggerDesc *trigdesc1, TriggerDesc *trigdesc2)
    2184             : {
    2185             :     int         i,
    2186             :                 j;
    2187             : 
    2188             :     /*
    2189             :      * We need not examine the hint flags, just the trigger array itself; if
    2190             :      * we have the same triggers with the same types, the flags should match.
    2191             :      *
    2192             :      * As of 7.3 we assume trigger set ordering is significant in the
    2193             :      * comparison; so we just compare corresponding slots of the two sets.
    2194             :      *
    2195             :      * Note: comparing the stringToNode forms of the WHEN clauses means that
    2196             :      * parse column locations will affect the result.  This is okay as long as
    2197             :      * this function is only used for detecting exact equality, as for example
    2198             :      * in checking for staleness of a cache entry.
    2199             :      */
    2200             :     if (trigdesc1 != NULL)
    2201             :     {
    2202             :         if (trigdesc2 == NULL)
    2203             :             return false;
    2204             :         if (trigdesc1->numtriggers != trigdesc2->numtriggers)
    2205             :             return false;
    2206             :         for (i = 0; i < trigdesc1->numtriggers; i++)
    2207             :         {
    2208             :             Trigger    *trig1 = trigdesc1->triggers + i;
    2209             :             Trigger    *trig2 = trigdesc2->triggers + i;
    2210             : 
    2211             :             if (trig1->tgoid != trig2->tgoid)
    2212             :                 return false;
    2213             :             if (strcmp(trig1->tgname, trig2->tgname) != 0)
    2214             :                 return false;
    2215             :             if (trig1->tgfoid != trig2->tgfoid)
    2216             :                 return false;
    2217             :             if (trig1->tgtype != trig2->tgtype)
    2218             :                 return false;
    2219             :             if (trig1->tgenabled != trig2->tgenabled)
    2220             :                 return false;
    2221             :             if (trig1->tgisinternal != trig2->tgisinternal)
    2222             :                 return false;
    2223             :             if (trig1->tgisclone != trig2->tgisclone)
    2224             :                 return false;
    2225             :             if (trig1->tgconstrrelid != trig2->tgconstrrelid)
    2226             :                 return false;
    2227             :             if (trig1->tgconstrindid != trig2->tgconstrindid)
    2228             :                 return false;
    2229             :             if (trig1->tgconstraint != trig2->tgconstraint)
    2230             :                 return false;
    2231             :             if (trig1->tgdeferrable != trig2->tgdeferrable)
    2232             :                 return false;
    2233             :             if (trig1->tginitdeferred != trig2->tginitdeferred)
    2234             :                 return false;
    2235             :             if (trig1->tgnargs != trig2->tgnargs)
    2236             :                 return false;
    2237             :             if (trig1->tgnattr != trig2->tgnattr)
    2238             :                 return false;
    2239             :             if (trig1->tgnattr > 0 &&
    2240             :                 memcmp(trig1->tgattr, trig2->tgattr,
    2241             :                        trig1->tgnattr * sizeof(int16)) != 0)
    2242             :                 return false;
    2243             :             for (j = 0; j < trig1->tgnargs; j++)
    2244             :                 if (strcmp(trig1->tgargs[j], trig2->tgargs[j]) != 0)
    2245             :                     return false;
    2246             :             if (trig1->tgqual == NULL && trig2->tgqual == NULL)
    2247             :                  /* ok */ ;
    2248             :             else if (trig1->tgqual == NULL || trig2->tgqual == NULL)
    2249             :                 return false;
    2250             :             else if (strcmp(trig1->tgqual, trig2->tgqual) != 0)
    2251             :                 return false;
    2252             :             if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL && trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
    2253             :                  /* ok */ ;
    2254             :             else if (trig1->tgoldtable == NULL || trig2->tgoldtable == NULL)
    2255             :                 return false;
    2256             :             else if (strcmp(trig1->tgoldtable, trig2->tgoldtable) != 0)
    2257             :                 return false;
    2258             :             if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL && trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
    2259             :                  /* ok */ ;
    2260             :             else if (trig1->tgnewtable == NULL || trig2->tgnewtable == NULL)
    2261             :                 return false;
    2262             :             else if (strcmp(trig1->tgnewtable, trig2->tgnewtable) != 0)
    2263             :                 return false;
    2264             :         }
    2265             :     }
    2266             :     else if (trigdesc2 != NULL)
    2267             :         return false;
    2268             :     return true;
    2269             : }
    2270             : #endif                          /* NOT_USED */
    2271             : 
    2272             : /*
    2273             :  * Check if there is a row-level trigger with transition tables that prevents
    2274             :  * a table from becoming an inheritance child or partition.  Return the name
    2275             :  * of the first such incompatible trigger, or NULL if there is none.
    2276             :  */
    2277             : const char *
    2278        2700 : FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(TriggerDesc *trigdesc)
    2279             : {
    2280        2700 :     if (trigdesc != NULL)
    2281             :     {
    2282             :         int         i;
    2283             : 
    2284         612 :         for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; ++i)
    2285             :         {
    2286         438 :             Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2287             : 
    2288         438 :             if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigger->tgtype))
    2289          36 :                 continue;
    2290         402 :             if (trigger->tgoldtable != NULL || trigger->tgnewtable != NULL)
    2291          12 :                 return trigger->tgname;
    2292             :         }
    2293             :     }
    2294             : 
    2295        2688 :     return NULL;
    2296             : }
    2297             : 
    2298             : /*
    2299             :  * Call a trigger function.
    2300             :  *
    2301             :  *      trigdata: trigger descriptor.
    2302             :  *      tgindx: trigger's index in finfo and instr arrays.
    2303             :  *      finfo: array of cached trigger function call information.
    2304             :  *      instr: optional array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation state.
    2305             :  *      per_tuple_context: memory context to execute the function in.
    2306             :  *
    2307             :  * Returns the tuple (or NULL) as returned by the function.
    2308             :  */
    2309             : static HeapTuple
    2310       21822 : ExecCallTriggerFunc(TriggerData *trigdata,
    2311             :                     int tgindx,
    2312             :                     FmgrInfo *finfo,
    2313             :                     Instrumentation *instr,
    2314             :                     MemoryContext per_tuple_context)
    2315             : {
    2316       21822 :     LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
    2317             :     PgStat_FunctionCallUsage fcusage;
    2318             :     Datum       result;
    2319             :     MemoryContext oldContext;
    2320             : 
    2321             :     /*
    2322             :      * Protect against code paths that may fail to initialize transition table
    2323             :      * info.
    2324             :      */
    2325             :     Assert(((TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event) ||
    2326             :              TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event) ||
    2327             :              TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event)) &&
    2328             :             TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event) &&
    2329             :             !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) &&
    2330             :             !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED)) ||
    2331             :            (trigdata->tg_oldtable == NULL && trigdata->tg_newtable == NULL));
    2332             : 
    2333       21822 :     finfo += tgindx;
    2334             : 
    2335             :     /*
    2336             :      * We cache fmgr lookup info, to avoid making the lookup again on each
    2337             :      * call.
    2338             :      */
    2339       21822 :     if (finfo->fn_oid == InvalidOid)
    2340       18578 :         fmgr_info(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid, finfo);
    2341             : 
    2342             :     Assert(finfo->fn_oid == trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid);
    2343             : 
    2344             :     /*
    2345             :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger.
    2346             :      */
    2347       21822 :     if (instr)
    2348           0 :         InstrStartNode(instr + tgindx);
    2349             : 
    2350             :     /*
    2351             :      * Do the function evaluation in the per-tuple memory context, so that
    2352             :      * leaked memory will be reclaimed once per tuple. Note in particular that
    2353             :      * any new tuple created by the trigger function will live till the end of
    2354             :      * the tuple cycle.
    2355             :      */
    2356       21822 :     oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_tuple_context);
    2357             : 
    2358             :     /*
    2359             :      * Call the function, passing no arguments but setting a context.
    2360             :      */
    2361       21822 :     InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 0,
    2362             :                              InvalidOid, (Node *) trigdata, NULL);
    2363             : 
    2364       21822 :     pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
    2365             : 
    2366       21822 :     MyTriggerDepth++;
    2367       21822 :     PG_TRY();
    2368             :     {
    2369       21822 :         result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    2370             :     }
    2371        1382 :     PG_FINALLY();
    2372             :     {
    2373       21822 :         MyTriggerDepth--;
    2374             :     }
    2375       21822 :     PG_END_TRY();
    2376             : 
    2377       20440 :     pgstat_end_function_usage(&fcusage, true);
    2378             : 
    2379       20440 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
    2380             : 
    2381             :     /*
    2382             :      * Trigger protocol allows function to return a null pointer, but NOT to
    2383             :      * set the isnull result flag.
    2384             :      */
    2385       20440 :     if (fcinfo->isnull)
    2386           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2387             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2388             :                  errmsg("trigger function %u returned null value",
    2389             :                         fcinfo->flinfo->fn_oid)));
    2390             : 
    2391             :     /*
    2392             :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
    2393             :      * one "tuple returned" (really the number of firings).
    2394             :      */
    2395       20440 :     if (instr)
    2396           0 :         InstrStopNode(instr + tgindx, 1);
    2397             : 
    2398       20440 :     return (HeapTuple) DatumGetPointer(result);
    2399             : }
    2400             : 
    2401             : void
    2402       91962 : ExecBSInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    2403             : {
    2404             :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    2405             :     int         i;
    2406       91962 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2407             : 
    2408       91962 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2409             : 
    2410       91962 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2411       91750 :         return;
    2412        7104 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement)
    2413        6892 :         return;
    2414             : 
    2415             :     /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    2416         212 :     if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
    2417             :                                    CMD_INSERT))
    2418           0 :         return;
    2419             : 
    2420         212 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2421         212 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
    2422             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2423         212 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2424        1832 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2425             :     {
    2426        1632 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2427             :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2428             : 
    2429        1632 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2430             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2431             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2432             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
    2433        1408 :             continue;
    2434         224 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2435             :                             NULL, NULL, NULL))
    2436          30 :             continue;
    2437             : 
    2438         194 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2439         194 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2440             :                                        i,
    2441             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2442             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2443         194 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2444             : 
    2445         182 :         if (newtuple)
    2446           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2447             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2448             :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    2449             :     }
    2450             : }
    2451             : 
    2452             : void
    2453       89382 : ExecASInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2454             :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2455             : {
    2456       89382 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2457             : 
    2458       89382 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement)
    2459         442 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2460             :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
    2461             :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
    2462             :                               false);
    2463       89382 : }
    2464             : 
    2465             : bool
    2466        2334 : ExecBRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2467             :                      TupleTableSlot *slot)
    2468             : {
    2469        2334 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2470        2334 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    2471             :     bool        should_free;
    2472        2334 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2473             :     int         i;
    2474             : 
    2475        2334 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2476        2334 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
    2477             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2478             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2479        2334 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2480       10886 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2481             :     {
    2482        8868 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2483             :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    2484             : 
    2485        8868 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2486             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2487             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2488             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
    2489        4244 :             continue;
    2490        4624 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2491             :                             NULL, NULL, slot))
    2492          62 :             continue;
    2493             : 
    2494        4562 :         if (!newtuple)
    2495        2300 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
    2496             : 
    2497        4562 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2498        4562 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    2499        4562 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2500        4562 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2501             :                                        i,
    2502             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2503             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2504        4562 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2505        4488 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    2506             :         {
    2507         218 :             if (should_free)
    2508          20 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2509         218 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    2510             :         }
    2511        4270 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    2512             :         {
    2513         744 :             newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
    2514             : 
    2515         744 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
    2516             : 
    2517             :             /*
    2518             :              * After a tuple in a partition goes through a trigger, the user
    2519             :              * could have changed the partition key enough that the tuple no
    2520             :              * longer fits the partition.  Verify that.
    2521             :              */
    2522         744 :             if (trigger->tgisclone &&
    2523          66 :                 !ExecPartitionCheck(relinfo, slot, estate, false))
    2524          24 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    2525             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2526             :                          errmsg("moving row to another partition during a BEFORE FOR EACH ROW trigger is not supported"),
    2527             :                          errdetail("Before executing trigger \"%s\", the row was to be in partition \"%s.%s\".",
    2528             :                                    trigger->tgname,
    2529             :                                    get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc)),
    2530             :                                    RelationGetRelationName(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc))));
    2531             : 
    2532         720 :             if (should_free)
    2533          40 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2534             : 
    2535             :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    2536         720 :             newtuple = NULL;
    2537             :         }
    2538             :     }
    2539             : 
    2540        2018 :     return true;
    2541             : }
    2542             : 
    2543             : void
    2544    12617550 : ExecARInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2545             :                      TupleTableSlot *slot, List *recheckIndexes,
    2546             :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2547             : {
    2548    12617550 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2549             : 
    2550    12617550 :     if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
    2551           8 :         transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table)
    2552             :     {
    2553             :         Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
    2554           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2555             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2556             :                  errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    2557             :     }
    2558             : 
    2559    12617542 :     if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
    2560       60324 :         (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table))
    2561       65646 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2562             :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
    2563             :                               true, NULL, slot,
    2564             :                               recheckIndexes, NULL,
    2565             :                               transition_capture,
    2566             :                               false);
    2567    12617542 : }
    2568             : 
    2569             : bool
    2570         180 : ExecIRInsertTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2571             :                      TupleTableSlot *slot)
    2572             : {
    2573         180 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2574         180 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    2575             :     bool        should_free;
    2576         180 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2577             :     int         i;
    2578             : 
    2579         180 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2580         180 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
    2581             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2582             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    2583         180 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2584         546 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2585             :     {
    2586         384 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2587             :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    2588             : 
    2589         384 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2590             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2591             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
    2592             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
    2593         204 :             continue;
    2594         180 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2595             :                             NULL, NULL, slot))
    2596           0 :             continue;
    2597             : 
    2598         180 :         if (!newtuple)
    2599         180 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
    2600             : 
    2601         180 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2602         180 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    2603         180 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2604         180 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2605             :                                        i,
    2606             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2607             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2608         180 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2609         180 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    2610             :         {
    2611          18 :             if (should_free)
    2612          18 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2613          18 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    2614             :         }
    2615         162 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    2616             :         {
    2617          54 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
    2618             : 
    2619          54 :             if (should_free)
    2620          54 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    2621             : 
    2622             :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    2623          54 :             newtuple = NULL;
    2624             :         }
    2625             :     }
    2626             : 
    2627         162 :     return true;
    2628             : }
    2629             : 
    2630             : void
    2631       12482 : ExecBSDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    2632             : {
    2633             :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    2634             :     int         i;
    2635       12482 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2636             : 
    2637       12482 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2638             : 
    2639       12482 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2640       12404 :         return;
    2641        1524 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement)
    2642        1404 :         return;
    2643             : 
    2644             :     /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    2645         120 :     if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
    2646             :                                    CMD_DELETE))
    2647          42 :         return;
    2648             : 
    2649          78 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2650          78 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
    2651             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2652          78 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2653         708 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2654             :     {
    2655         630 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2656             :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2657             : 
    2658         630 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2659             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2660             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2661             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
    2662         552 :             continue;
    2663          78 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2664             :                             NULL, NULL, NULL))
    2665          12 :             continue;
    2666             : 
    2667          66 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2668          66 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2669             :                                        i,
    2670             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2671             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2672          66 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2673             : 
    2674          66 :         if (newtuple)
    2675           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2676             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2677             :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    2678             :     }
    2679             : }
    2680             : 
    2681             : void
    2682       12336 : ExecASDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2683             :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2684             : {
    2685       12336 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2686             : 
    2687       12336 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement)
    2688         236 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2689             :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
    2690             :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
    2691             :                               false);
    2692       12336 : }
    2693             : 
    2694             : /*
    2695             :  * Execute BEFORE ROW DELETE triggers.
    2696             :  *
    2697             :  * True indicates caller can proceed with the delete.  False indicates caller
    2698             :  * need to suppress the delete and additionally if requested, we need to pass
    2699             :  * back the concurrently updated tuple if any.
    2700             :  */
    2701             : bool
    2702         346 : ExecBRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
    2703             :                      ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2704             :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    2705             :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    2706             :                      TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
    2707             :                      TM_Result *tmresult,
    2708             :                      TM_FailureData *tmfd,
    2709             :                      bool is_merge_delete)
    2710             : {
    2711         346 :     TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2712         346 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2713         346 :     bool        result = true;
    2714         346 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2715             :     HeapTuple   trigtuple;
    2716         346 :     bool        should_free = false;
    2717             :     int         i;
    2718             : 
    2719             :     Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    2720         346 :     if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    2721             :     {
    2722         330 :         TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
    2723             : 
    2724             :         /*
    2725             :          * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to delete.  In
    2726             :          * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
    2727             :          * recheck it using EPQ.  However, if this is a MERGE DELETE action,
    2728             :          * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
    2729             :          * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
    2730             :          * action entirely).
    2731             :          */
    2732         324 :         if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
    2733         330 :                                 LockTupleExclusive, slot, !is_merge_delete,
    2734         330 :                                 &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
    2735          12 :             return false;
    2736             : 
    2737             :         /*
    2738             :          * If the tuple was concurrently updated and the caller of this
    2739             :          * function requested for the updated tuple, skip the trigger
    2740             :          * execution.
    2741             :          */
    2742         314 :         if (epqslot_candidate != NULL && epqslot != NULL)
    2743             :         {
    2744           2 :             *epqslot = epqslot_candidate;
    2745           2 :             return false;
    2746             :         }
    2747             : 
    2748         312 :         trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
    2749             :     }
    2750             :     else
    2751             :     {
    2752          16 :         trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
    2753          16 :         ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
    2754             :     }
    2755             : 
    2756         328 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2757         328 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
    2758             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2759             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2760         328 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2761        1228 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2762             :     {
    2763             :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2764         962 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2765             : 
    2766         962 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2767             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2768             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2769             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
    2770         628 :             continue;
    2771         334 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2772             :                             NULL, slot, NULL))
    2773          14 :             continue;
    2774             : 
    2775         320 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2776         320 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    2777         320 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2778         320 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2779             :                                        i,
    2780             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2781             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2782         320 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2783         310 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    2784             :         {
    2785          52 :             result = false;     /* tell caller to suppress delete */
    2786          52 :             break;
    2787             :         }
    2788         258 :         if (newtuple != trigtuple)
    2789          56 :             heap_freetuple(newtuple);
    2790             :     }
    2791         318 :     if (should_free)
    2792           0 :         heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
    2793             : 
    2794         318 :     return result;
    2795             : }
    2796             : 
    2797             : /*
    2798             :  * Note: is_crosspart_update must be true if the DELETE is being performed
    2799             :  * as part of a cross-partition update.
    2800             :  */
    2801             : void
    2802     1731806 : ExecARDeleteTriggers(EState *estate,
    2803             :                      ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2804             :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    2805             :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    2806             :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    2807             :                      bool is_crosspart_update)
    2808             : {
    2809     1731806 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2810             : 
    2811     1731806 :     if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
    2812           4 :         transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table)
    2813             :     {
    2814             :         Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
    2815           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2816             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2817             :                  errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    2818             :     }
    2819             : 
    2820     1731802 :     if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
    2821        5016 :         (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table))
    2822             :     {
    2823        6180 :         TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2824             : 
    2825             :         Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    2826        6180 :         if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    2827        6164 :             GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
    2828             :                                NULL,
    2829             :                                relinfo,
    2830             :                                tupleid,
    2831             :                                LockTupleExclusive,
    2832             :                                slot,
    2833             :                                false,
    2834             :                                NULL,
    2835             :                                NULL,
    2836             :                                NULL);
    2837             :         else
    2838          16 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, slot, false);
    2839             : 
    2840        6180 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2841             :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
    2842             :                               true, slot, NULL, NIL, NULL,
    2843             :                               transition_capture,
    2844             :                               is_crosspart_update);
    2845             :     }
    2846     1731802 : }
    2847             : 
    2848             : bool
    2849          60 : ExecIRDeleteTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2850             :                      HeapTuple trigtuple)
    2851             : {
    2852          60 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2853          60 :     TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2854          60 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2855             :     int         i;
    2856             : 
    2857          60 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2858          60 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
    2859             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    2860             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    2861          60 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2862             : 
    2863          60 :     ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
    2864             : 
    2865         354 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2866             :     {
    2867             :         HeapTuple   rettuple;
    2868         300 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2869             : 
    2870         300 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2871             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    2872             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
    2873             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
    2874         240 :             continue;
    2875          60 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2876             :                             NULL, slot, NULL))
    2877           0 :             continue;
    2878             : 
    2879          60 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
    2880          60 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    2881          60 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2882          60 :         rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2883             :                                        i,
    2884             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2885             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2886          60 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2887          60 :         if (rettuple == NULL)
    2888           6 :             return false;       /* Delete was suppressed */
    2889          54 :         if (rettuple != trigtuple)
    2890           0 :             heap_freetuple(rettuple);
    2891             :     }
    2892          54 :     return true;
    2893             : }
    2894             : 
    2895             : void
    2896       15358 : ExecBSUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    2897             : {
    2898             :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    2899             :     int         i;
    2900       15358 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2901             :     Bitmapset  *updatedCols;
    2902             : 
    2903       15358 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2904             : 
    2905       15358 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    2906       15180 :         return;
    2907        4120 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement)
    2908        3942 :         return;
    2909             : 
    2910             :     /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    2911         178 :     if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
    2912             :                                    CMD_UPDATE))
    2913           0 :         return;
    2914             : 
    2915             :     /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
    2916             :     Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
    2917             : 
    2918         178 :     updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
    2919             : 
    2920         178 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    2921         178 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
    2922             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    2923         178 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    2924         178 :     LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
    2925        1600 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    2926             :     {
    2927        1422 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    2928             :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    2929             : 
    2930        1422 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    2931             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    2932             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    2933             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
    2934        1244 :             continue;
    2935         178 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    2936             :                             updatedCols, NULL, NULL))
    2937           6 :             continue;
    2938             : 
    2939         172 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    2940         172 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    2941             :                                        i,
    2942             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    2943             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    2944         172 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    2945             : 
    2946         172 :         if (newtuple)
    2947           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2948             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    2949             :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    2950             :     }
    2951             : }
    2952             : 
    2953             : void
    2954       14448 : ExecASUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2955             :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    2956             : {
    2957       14448 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2958             : 
    2959             :     /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
    2960             :     Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
    2961             : 
    2962       14448 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement)
    2963         408 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
    2964             :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
    2965             :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL,
    2966             :                               ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
    2967             :                               transition_capture,
    2968             :                               false);
    2969       14448 : }
    2970             : 
    2971             : bool
    2972        2566 : ExecBRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, EPQState *epqstate,
    2973             :                      ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    2974             :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    2975             :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    2976             :                      TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    2977             :                      TM_Result *tmresult,
    2978             :                      TM_FailureData *tmfd,
    2979             :                      bool is_merge_update)
    2980             : {
    2981        2566 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    2982        2566 :     TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    2983        2566 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    2984             :     HeapTuple   trigtuple;
    2985        2566 :     bool        should_free_trig = false;
    2986        2566 :     bool        should_free_new = false;
    2987        2566 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    2988             :     int         i;
    2989             :     Bitmapset  *updatedCols;
    2990             :     LockTupleMode lockmode;
    2991             : 
    2992             :     /* Determine lock mode to use */
    2993        2566 :     lockmode = ExecUpdateLockMode(estate, relinfo);
    2994             : 
    2995             :     Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    2996        2566 :     if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    2997             :     {
    2998        2528 :         TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
    2999             : 
    3000             :         /*
    3001             :          * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to update.  In
    3002             :          * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
    3003             :          * recheck it using EPQ.  However, if this is a MERGE UPDATE action,
    3004             :          * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
    3005             :          * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
    3006             :          * action entirely).
    3007             :          */
    3008        2520 :         if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
    3009        2528 :                                 lockmode, oldslot, !is_merge_update,
    3010        2528 :                                 &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
    3011          22 :             return false;       /* cancel the update action */
    3012             : 
    3013             :         /*
    3014             :          * In READ COMMITTED isolation level it's possible that target tuple
    3015             :          * was changed due to concurrent update.  In that case we have a raw
    3016             :          * subplan output tuple in epqslot_candidate, and need to form a new
    3017             :          * insertable tuple using ExecGetUpdateNewTuple to replace the one we
    3018             :          * received in newslot.  Neither we nor our callers have any further
    3019             :          * interest in the passed-in tuple, so it's okay to overwrite newslot
    3020             :          * with the newer data.
    3021             :          */
    3022        2498 :         if (epqslot_candidate != NULL)
    3023             :         {
    3024             :             TupleTableSlot *epqslot_clean;
    3025             : 
    3026           6 :             epqslot_clean = ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(relinfo, epqslot_candidate,
    3027             :                                                   oldslot);
    3028             : 
    3029             :             /*
    3030             :              * Typically, the caller's newslot was also generated by
    3031             :              * ExecGetUpdateNewTuple, so that epqslot_clean will be the same
    3032             :              * slot and copying is not needed.  But do the right thing if it
    3033             :              * isn't.
    3034             :              */
    3035           6 :             if (unlikely(newslot != epqslot_clean))
    3036           0 :                 ExecCopySlot(newslot, epqslot_clean);
    3037             : 
    3038             :             /*
    3039             :              * At this point newslot contains a virtual tuple that may
    3040             :              * reference some fields of oldslot's tuple in some disk buffer.
    3041             :              * If that tuple is in a different page than the original target
    3042             :              * tuple, then our only pin on that buffer is oldslot's, and we're
    3043             :              * about to release it.  Hence we'd better materialize newslot to
    3044             :              * ensure it doesn't contain references into an unpinned buffer.
    3045             :              * (We'd materialize it below anyway, but too late for safety.)
    3046             :              */
    3047           6 :             ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
    3048             :         }
    3049             : 
    3050             :         /*
    3051             :          * Here we convert oldslot to a materialized slot holding trigtuple.
    3052             :          * Neither slot passed to the triggers will hold any buffer pin.
    3053             :          */
    3054        2498 :         trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(oldslot, true, &should_free_trig);
    3055             :     }
    3056             :     else
    3057             :     {
    3058             :         /* Put the FDW-supplied tuple into oldslot to unify the cases */
    3059          38 :         ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
    3060          38 :         trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
    3061             :     }
    3062             : 
    3063        2536 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    3064        2536 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
    3065             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    3066             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    3067        2536 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3068        2536 :     updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
    3069        2536 :     LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
    3070       11446 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    3071             :     {
    3072        9058 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    3073             :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    3074             : 
    3075        9058 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    3076             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    3077             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    3078             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
    3079        4462 :             continue;
    3080        4596 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    3081             :                             updatedCols, oldslot, newslot))
    3082          98 :             continue;
    3083             : 
    3084        4498 :         if (!newtuple)
    3085        2524 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free_new);
    3086             : 
    3087        4498 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
    3088        4498 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    3089        4498 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    3090        4498 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
    3091        4498 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    3092        4498 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    3093             :                                        i,
    3094             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    3095             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    3096        4498 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    3097             : 
    3098        4482 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    3099             :         {
    3100         132 :             if (should_free_trig)
    3101           0 :                 heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
    3102         132 :             if (should_free_new)
    3103           4 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    3104         132 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    3105             :         }
    3106        4350 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    3107             :         {
    3108        1304 :             newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
    3109             : 
    3110        1304 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
    3111             : 
    3112             :             /*
    3113             :              * If the tuple returned by the trigger / being stored, is the old
    3114             :              * row version, and the heap tuple passed to the trigger was
    3115             :              * allocated locally, materialize the slot. Otherwise we might
    3116             :              * free it while still referenced by the slot.
    3117             :              */
    3118        1304 :             if (should_free_trig && newtuple == trigtuple)
    3119           0 :                 ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
    3120             : 
    3121        1304 :             if (should_free_new)
    3122           2 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    3123             : 
    3124             :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    3125        1304 :             newtuple = NULL;
    3126             :         }
    3127             :     }
    3128        2388 :     if (should_free_trig)
    3129           0 :         heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
    3130             : 
    3131        2388 :     return true;
    3132             : }
    3133             : 
    3134             : /*
    3135             :  * Note: 'src_partinfo' and 'dst_partinfo', when non-NULL, refer to the source
    3136             :  * and destination partitions, respectively, of a cross-partition update of
    3137             :  * the root partitioned table mentioned in the query, given by 'relinfo'.
    3138             :  * 'tupleid' in that case refers to the ctid of the "old" tuple in the source
    3139             :  * partition, and 'newslot' contains the "new" tuple in the destination
    3140             :  * partition.  This interface allows to support the requirements of
    3141             :  * ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey(); is_crosspart_update must be true in
    3142             :  * that case.
    3143             :  */
    3144             : void
    3145      387300 : ExecARUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3146             :                      ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
    3147             :                      ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
    3148             :                      ItemPointer tupleid,
    3149             :                      HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple,
    3150             :                      TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    3151             :                      List *recheckIndexes,
    3152             :                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    3153             :                      bool is_crosspart_update)
    3154             : {
    3155      387300 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3156             : 
    3157      387300 :     if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
    3158           4 :         (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
    3159           0 :          transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table))
    3160             :     {
    3161             :         Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
    3162           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3163             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3164             :                  errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    3165             :     }
    3166             : 
    3167      387296 :     if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
    3168         372 :         (transition_capture &&
    3169         372 :          (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
    3170          18 :           transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table)))
    3171             :     {
    3172             :         /*
    3173             :          * Note: if the UPDATE is converted into a DELETE+INSERT as part of
    3174             :          * update-partition-key operation, then this function is also called
    3175             :          * separately for DELETE and INSERT to capture transition table rows.
    3176             :          * In such case, either old tuple or new tuple can be NULL.
    3177             :          */
    3178             :         TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
    3179             :         ResultRelInfo *tupsrc;
    3180             : 
    3181             :         Assert((src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL) ||
    3182             :                !is_crosspart_update);
    3183             : 
    3184        3722 :         tupsrc = src_partinfo ? src_partinfo : relinfo;
    3185        3722 :         oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, tupsrc);
    3186             : 
    3187        3722 :         if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL && ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid))
    3188        3654 :             GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
    3189             :                                NULL,
    3190             :                                tupsrc,
    3191             :                                tupleid,
    3192             :                                LockTupleExclusive,
    3193             :                                oldslot,
    3194             :                                false,
    3195             :                                NULL,
    3196             :                                NULL,
    3197             :                                NULL);
    3198          68 :         else if (fdw_trigtuple != NULL)
    3199          20 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
    3200             :         else
    3201          48 :             ExecClearTuple(oldslot);
    3202             : 
    3203        3722 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
    3204             :                               src_partinfo, dst_partinfo,
    3205             :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
    3206             :                               true,
    3207             :                               oldslot, newslot, recheckIndexes,
    3208             :                               ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
    3209             :                               transition_capture,
    3210             :                               is_crosspart_update);
    3211             :     }
    3212      387296 : }
    3213             : 
    3214             : bool
    3215         204 : ExecIRUpdateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3216             :                      HeapTuple trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
    3217             : {
    3218         204 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3219         204 :     TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    3220         204 :     HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    3221             :     bool        should_free;
    3222         204 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    3223             :     int         i;
    3224             : 
    3225         204 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    3226         204 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
    3227             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
    3228             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    3229         204 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3230             : 
    3231         204 :     ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, oldslot, false);
    3232             : 
    3233         756 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    3234             :     {
    3235         582 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    3236             :         HeapTuple   oldtuple;
    3237             : 
    3238         582 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    3239             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
    3240             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
    3241             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
    3242         378 :             continue;
    3243         204 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    3244             :                             NULL, oldslot, newslot))
    3245           0 :             continue;
    3246             : 
    3247         204 :         if (!newtuple)
    3248         204 :             newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free);
    3249             : 
    3250         204 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
    3251         204 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
    3252         204 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
    3253         204 :         LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
    3254             : 
    3255         204 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    3256         204 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    3257             :                                        i,
    3258             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    3259             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    3260         204 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    3261         192 :         if (newtuple == NULL)
    3262             :         {
    3263          18 :             return false;       /* "do nothing" */
    3264             :         }
    3265         174 :         else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
    3266             :         {
    3267         138 :             ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
    3268             : 
    3269         138 :             if (should_free)
    3270         138 :                 heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
    3271             : 
    3272             :             /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
    3273         138 :             newtuple = NULL;
    3274             :         }
    3275             :     }
    3276             : 
    3277         174 :     return true;
    3278             : }
    3279             : 
    3280             : void
    3281        3710 : ExecBSTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    3282             : {
    3283             :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    3284             :     int         i;
    3285        3710 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    3286             : 
    3287        3710 :     trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3288             : 
    3289        3710 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    3290        3698 :         return;
    3291         734 :     if (!trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement)
    3292         722 :         return;
    3293             : 
    3294          12 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    3295          12 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE |
    3296             :         TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    3297          12 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3298             : 
    3299          36 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    3300             :     {
    3301          24 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    3302             :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
    3303             : 
    3304          24 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    3305             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
    3306             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
    3307             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE))
    3308          12 :             continue;
    3309          12 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
    3310             :                             NULL, NULL, NULL))
    3311           0 :             continue;
    3312             : 
    3313          12 :         LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
    3314          12 :         newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    3315             :                                        i,
    3316             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
    3317             :                                        relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
    3318          12 :                                        GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    3319             : 
    3320          12 :         if (newtuple)
    3321           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3322             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
    3323             :                      errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    3324             :     }
    3325             : }
    3326             : 
    3327             : void
    3328        3702 : ExecASTruncateTriggers(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo)
    3329             : {
    3330        3702 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    3331             : 
    3332        3702 :     if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement)
    3333           8 :         AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
    3334             :                               NULL, NULL,
    3335             :                               TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE,
    3336             :                               false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, NULL,
    3337             :                               false);
    3338        3702 : }
    3339             : 
    3340             : 
    3341             : /*
    3342             :  * Fetch tuple into "oldslot", dealing with locking and EPQ if necessary
    3343             :  */
    3344             : static bool
    3345       12676 : GetTupleForTrigger(EState *estate,
    3346             :                    EPQState *epqstate,
    3347             :                    ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3348             :                    ItemPointer tid,
    3349             :                    LockTupleMode lockmode,
    3350             :                    TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
    3351             :                    bool do_epq_recheck,
    3352             :                    TupleTableSlot **epqslot,
    3353             :                    TM_Result *tmresultp,
    3354             :                    TM_FailureData *tmfdp)
    3355             : {
    3356       12676 :     Relation    relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    3357             : 
    3358       12676 :     if (epqslot != NULL)
    3359             :     {
    3360             :         TM_Result   test;
    3361             :         TM_FailureData tmfd;
    3362        2858 :         int         lockflags = 0;
    3363             : 
    3364        2858 :         *epqslot = NULL;
    3365             : 
    3366             :         /* caller must pass an epqstate if EvalPlanQual is possible */
    3367             :         Assert(epqstate != NULL);
    3368             : 
    3369             :         /*
    3370             :          * lock tuple for update
    3371             :          */
    3372        2858 :         if (!IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
    3373        1994 :             lockflags |= TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION;
    3374        2858 :         test = table_tuple_lock(relation, tid, estate->es_snapshot, oldslot,
    3375             :                                 estate->es_output_cid,
    3376             :                                 lockmode, LockWaitBlock,
    3377             :                                 lockflags,
    3378             :                                 &tmfd);
    3379             : 
    3380             :         /* Let the caller know about the status of this operation */
    3381        2854 :         if (tmresultp)
    3382         216 :             *tmresultp = test;
    3383        2854 :         if (tmfdp)
    3384        2848 :             *tmfdp = tmfd;
    3385             : 
    3386        2854 :         switch (test)
    3387             :         {
    3388           6 :             case TM_SelfModified:
    3389             : 
    3390             :                 /*
    3391             :                  * The target tuple was already updated or deleted by the
    3392             :                  * current command, or by a later command in the current
    3393             :                  * transaction.  We ignore the tuple in the former case, and
    3394             :                  * throw error in the latter case, for the same reasons
    3395             :                  * enumerated in ExecUpdate and ExecDelete in
    3396             :                  * nodeModifyTable.c.
    3397             :                  */
    3398           6 :                 if (tmfd.cmax != estate->es_output_cid)
    3399           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3400             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_DATA_CHANGE_VIOLATION),
    3401             :                              errmsg("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation triggered by the current command"),
    3402             :                              errhint("Consider using an AFTER trigger instead of a BEFORE trigger to propagate changes to other rows.")));
    3403             : 
    3404             :                 /* treat it as deleted; do not process */
    3405          32 :                 return false;
    3406             : 
    3407        2830 :             case TM_Ok:
    3408        2830 :                 if (tmfd.traversed)
    3409             :                 {
    3410             :                     /*
    3411             :                      * Recheck the tuple using EPQ, if requested.  Otherwise,
    3412             :                      * just return that it was concurrently updated.
    3413             :                      */
    3414          26 :                     if (do_epq_recheck)
    3415             :                     {
    3416          12 :                         *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(epqstate,
    3417             :                                                 relation,
    3418             :                                                 relinfo->ri_RangeTableIndex,
    3419             :                                                 oldslot);
    3420             : 
    3421             :                         /*
    3422             :                          * If PlanQual failed for updated tuple - we must not
    3423             :                          * process this tuple!
    3424             :                          */
    3425          12 :                         if (TupIsNull(*epqslot))
    3426             :                         {
    3427           4 :                             *epqslot = NULL;
    3428           4 :                             return false;
    3429             :                         }
    3430             :                     }
    3431             :                     else
    3432             :                     {
    3433          14 :                         if (tmresultp)
    3434          14 :                             *tmresultp = TM_Updated;
    3435          14 :                         return false;
    3436             :                     }
    3437             :                 }
    3438        2812 :                 break;
    3439             : 
    3440           2 :             case TM_Updated:
    3441           2 :                 if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
    3442           2 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3443             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
    3444             :                              errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent update")));
    3445           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
    3446             :                 break;
    3447             : 
    3448          16 :             case TM_Deleted:
    3449          16 :                 if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
    3450           2 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3451             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
    3452             :                              errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent delete")));
    3453             :                 /* tuple was deleted */
    3454          14 :                 return false;
    3455             : 
    3456           0 :             case TM_Invisible:
    3457           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "attempted to lock invisible tuple");
    3458             :                 break;
    3459             : 
    3460           0 :             default:
    3461           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
    3462             :                 return false;   /* keep compiler quiet */
    3463             :         }
    3464             :     }
    3465             :     else
    3466             :     {
    3467             :         /*
    3468             :          * We expect the tuple to be present, thus very simple error handling
    3469             :          * suffices.
    3470             :          */
    3471        9818 :         if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(relation, tid, SnapshotAny,
    3472             :                                            oldslot))
    3473           0 :             elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for trigger");
    3474             :     }
    3475             : 
    3476       12630 :     return true;
    3477             : }
    3478             : 
    3479             : /*
    3480             :  * Is trigger enabled to fire?
    3481             :  */
    3482             : static bool
    3483       24448 : TriggerEnabled(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3484             :                Trigger *trigger, TriggerEvent event,
    3485             :                Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
    3486             :                TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot)
    3487             : {
    3488             :     /* Check replication-role-dependent enable state */
    3489       24448 :     if (SessionReplicationRole == SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_REPLICA)
    3490             :     {
    3491         128 :         if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN ||
    3492          80 :             trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
    3493          84 :             return false;
    3494             :     }
    3495             :     else                        /* ORIGIN or LOCAL role */
    3496             :     {
    3497       24320 :         if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA ||
    3498       24318 :             trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
    3499         158 :             return false;
    3500             :     }
    3501             : 
    3502             :     /*
    3503             :      * Check for column-specific trigger (only possible for UPDATE, and in
    3504             :      * fact we *must* ignore tgattr for other event types)
    3505             :      */
    3506       24206 :     if (trigger->tgnattr > 0 && TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event))
    3507             :     {
    3508             :         int         i;
    3509             :         bool        modified;
    3510             : 
    3511         430 :         modified = false;
    3512         562 :         for (i = 0; i < trigger->tgnattr; i++)
    3513             :         {
    3514         478 :             if (bms_is_member(trigger->tgattr[i] - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
    3515             :                               modifiedCols))
    3516             :             {
    3517         346 :                 modified = true;
    3518         346 :                 break;
    3519             :             }
    3520             :         }
    3521         430 :         if (!modified)
    3522          84 :             return false;
    3523             :     }
    3524             : 
    3525             :     /* Check for WHEN clause */
    3526       24122 :     if (trigger->tgqual)
    3527             :     {
    3528             :         ExprState **predicate;
    3529             :         ExprContext *econtext;
    3530             :         MemoryContext oldContext;
    3531             :         int         i;
    3532             : 
    3533             :         Assert(estate != NULL);
    3534             : 
    3535             :         /*
    3536             :          * trigger is an element of relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers[]; find the
    3537             :          * matching element of relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[]
    3538             :          */
    3539         570 :         i = trigger - relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers;
    3540         570 :         predicate = &relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[i];
    3541             : 
    3542             :         /*
    3543             :          * If first time through for this WHEN expression, build expression
    3544             :          * nodetrees for it.  Keep them in the per-query memory context so
    3545             :          * they'll survive throughout the query.
    3546             :          */
    3547         570 :         if (*predicate == NULL)
    3548             :         {
    3549             :             Node       *tgqual;
    3550             : 
    3551         302 :             oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
    3552         302 :             tgqual = stringToNode(trigger->tgqual);
    3553         302 :             tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_OLD_VARNO);
    3554         302 :             tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_NEW_VARNO);
    3555             :             /* Change references to OLD and NEW to INNER_VAR and OUTER_VAR */
    3556         302 :             ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, INNER_VAR, 0);
    3557         302 :             ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, OUTER_VAR, 0);
    3558             :             /* ExecPrepareQual wants implicit-AND form */
    3559         302 :             tgqual = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) tgqual);
    3560         302 :             *predicate = ExecPrepareQual((List *) tgqual, estate);
    3561         302 :             MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
    3562             :         }
    3563             : 
    3564             :         /*
    3565             :          * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating WHEN
    3566             :          * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
    3567             :          */
    3568         570 :         econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
    3569             : 
    3570             :         /*
    3571             :          * Finally evaluate the expression, making the old and/or new tuples
    3572             :          * available as INNER_VAR/OUTER_VAR respectively.
    3573             :          */
    3574         570 :         econtext->ecxt_innertuple = oldslot;
    3575         570 :         econtext->ecxt_outertuple = newslot;
    3576         570 :         if (!ExecQual(*predicate, econtext))
    3577         318 :             return false;
    3578             :     }
    3579             : 
    3580       23804 :     return true;
    3581             : }
    3582             : 
    3583             : 
    3584             : /* ----------
    3585             :  * After-trigger stuff
    3586             :  *
    3587             :  * The AfterTriggersData struct holds data about pending AFTER trigger events
    3588             :  * during the current transaction tree.  (BEFORE triggers are fired
    3589             :  * immediately so we don't need any persistent state about them.)  The struct
    3590             :  * and most of its subsidiary data are kept in TopTransactionContext; however
    3591             :  * some data that can be discarded sooner appears in the CurTransactionContext
    3592             :  * of the relevant subtransaction.  Also, the individual event records are
    3593             :  * kept in a separate sub-context of TopTransactionContext.  This is done
    3594             :  * mainly so that it's easy to tell from a memory context dump how much space
    3595             :  * is being eaten by trigger events.
    3596             :  *
    3597             :  * Because the list of pending events can grow large, we go to some
    3598             :  * considerable effort to minimize per-event memory consumption.  The event
    3599             :  * records are grouped into chunks and common data for similar events in the
    3600             :  * same chunk is only stored once.
    3601             :  *
    3602             :  * XXX We need to be able to save the per-event data in a file if it grows too
    3603             :  * large.
    3604             :  * ----------
    3605             :  */
    3606             : 
    3607             : /* Per-trigger SET CONSTRAINT status */
    3608             : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData
    3609             : {
    3610             :     Oid         sct_tgoid;
    3611             :     bool        sct_tgisdeferred;
    3612             : } SetConstraintTriggerData;
    3613             : 
    3614             : typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData *SetConstraintTrigger;
    3615             : 
    3616             : /*
    3617             :  * SET CONSTRAINT intra-transaction status.
    3618             :  *
    3619             :  * We make this a single palloc'd object so it can be copied and freed easily.
    3620             :  *
    3621             :  * all_isset and all_isdeferred are used to keep track
    3622             :  * of SET CONSTRAINTS ALL {DEFERRED, IMMEDIATE}.
    3623             :  *
    3624             :  * trigstates[] stores per-trigger tgisdeferred settings.
    3625             :  */
    3626             : typedef struct SetConstraintStateData
    3627             : {
    3628             :     bool        all_isset;
    3629             :     bool        all_isdeferred;
    3630             :     int         numstates;      /* number of trigstates[] entries in use */
    3631             :     int         numalloc;       /* allocated size of trigstates[] */
    3632             :     SetConstraintTriggerData trigstates[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
    3633             : } SetConstraintStateData;
    3634             : 
    3635             : typedef SetConstraintStateData *SetConstraintState;
    3636             : 
    3637             : 
    3638             : /*
    3639             :  * Per-trigger-event data
    3640             :  *
    3641             :  * The actual per-event data, AfterTriggerEventData, includes DONE/IN_PROGRESS
    3642             :  * status bits, up to two tuple CTIDs, and optionally two OIDs of partitions.
    3643             :  * Each event record also has an associated AfterTriggerSharedData that is
    3644             :  * shared across all instances of similar events within a "chunk".
    3645             :  *
    3646             :  * For row-level triggers, we arrange not to waste storage on unneeded ctid
    3647             :  * fields.  Updates of regular tables use two; inserts and deletes of regular
    3648             :  * tables use one; foreign tables always use zero and save the tuple(s) to a
    3649             :  * tuplestore.  AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH directs AfterTriggerExecute() to
    3650             :  * retrieve a fresh tuple or pair of tuples from that tuplestore, while
    3651             :  * AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE directs it to use the most-recently-retrieved
    3652             :  * tuple(s).  This permits storing tuples once regardless of the number of
    3653             :  * row-level triggers on a foreign table.
    3654             :  *
    3655             :  * When updates on partitioned tables cause rows to move between partitions,
    3656             :  * the OIDs of both partitions are stored too, so that the tuples can be
    3657             :  * fetched; such entries are marked AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE (for "cross-
    3658             :  * partition update").
    3659             :  *
    3660             :  * Note that we need triggers on foreign tables to be fired in exactly the
    3661             :  * order they were queued, so that the tuples come out of the tuplestore in
    3662             :  * the right order.  To ensure that, we forbid deferrable (constraint)
    3663             :  * triggers on foreign tables.  This also ensures that such triggers do not
    3664             :  * get deferred into outer trigger query levels, meaning that it's okay to
    3665             :  * destroy the tuplestore at the end of the query level.
    3666             :  *
    3667             :  * Statement-level triggers always bear AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID, though they
    3668             :  * require no ctid field.  We lack the flag bit space to neatly represent that
    3669             :  * distinct case, and it seems unlikely to be worth much trouble.
    3670             :  *
    3671             :  * Note: ats_firing_id is initially zero and is set to something else when
    3672             :  * AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS is set.  It indicates which trigger firing
    3673             :  * cycle the trigger will be fired in (or was fired in, if DONE is set).
    3674             :  * Although this is mutable state, we can keep it in AfterTriggerSharedData
    3675             :  * because all instances of the same type of event in a given event list will
    3676             :  * be fired at the same time, if they were queued between the same firing
    3677             :  * cycles.  So we need only ensure that ats_firing_id is zero when attaching
    3678             :  * a new event to an existing AfterTriggerSharedData record.
    3679             :  */
    3680             : typedef uint32 TriggerFlags;
    3681             : 
    3682             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET            0x07FFFFFF  /* must be low-order bits */
    3683             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE              0x80000000
    3684             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS       0x40000000
    3685             : /* bits describing the size and tuple sources of this event */
    3686             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE         0x00000000
    3687             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH         0x20000000
    3688             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID             0x10000000
    3689             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID             0x30000000
    3690             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE         0x08000000
    3691             : #define AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS          0x38000000
    3692             : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData *AfterTriggerShared;
    3693             : 
    3694             : typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData
    3695             : {
    3696             :     TriggerEvent ats_event;     /* event type indicator, see trigger.h */
    3697             :     Oid         ats_tgoid;      /* the trigger's ID */
    3698             :     Oid         ats_relid;      /* the relation it's on */
    3699             :     Oid         ats_rolid;      /* role to execute the trigger */
    3700             :     CommandId   ats_firing_id;  /* ID for firing cycle */
    3701             :     struct AfterTriggersTableData *ats_table;   /* transition table access */
    3702             :     Bitmapset  *ats_modifiedcols;   /* modified columns */
    3703             : } AfterTriggerSharedData;
    3704             : 
    3705             : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData *AfterTriggerEvent;
    3706             : 
    3707             : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData
    3708             : {
    3709             :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;     /* status bits and offset to shared data */
    3710             :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;  /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
    3711             :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid2;  /* new updated tuple */
    3712             : 
    3713             :     /*
    3714             :      * During a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, we also store
    3715             :      * the OIDs of source and destination partitions that are needed to fetch
    3716             :      * the old (ctid1) and the new tuple (ctid2) from, respectively.
    3717             :      */
    3718             :     Oid         ate_src_part;
    3719             :     Oid         ate_dst_part;
    3720             : } AfterTriggerEventData;
    3721             : 
    3722             : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_src_part, ate_dst_part */
    3723             : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids
    3724             : {
    3725             :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;
    3726             :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;
    3727             :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid2;
    3728             : }           AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids;
    3729             : 
    3730             : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part and ate_ctid2 */
    3731             : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid
    3732             : {
    3733             :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;     /* status bits and offset to shared data */
    3734             :     ItemPointerData ate_ctid1;  /* inserted, deleted, or old updated tuple */
    3735             : }           AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid;
    3736             : 
    3737             : /* AfterTriggerEventData, minus ate_*_part, ate_ctid1 and ate_ctid2 */
    3738             : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids
    3739             : {
    3740             :     TriggerFlags ate_flags;     /* status bits and offset to shared data */
    3741             : }           AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids;
    3742             : 
    3743             : #define SizeofTriggerEvent(evt) \
    3744             :     (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE ? \
    3745             :      sizeof(AfterTriggerEventData) : \
    3746             :      (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ? \
    3747             :       sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids) : \
    3748             :       (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID ? \
    3749             :        sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid) : \
    3750             :        sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids))))
    3751             : 
    3752             : #define GetTriggerSharedData(evt) \
    3753             :     ((AfterTriggerShared) ((char *) (evt) + ((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET)))
    3754             : 
    3755             : /*
    3756             :  * To avoid palloc overhead, we keep trigger events in arrays in successively-
    3757             :  * larger chunks (a slightly more sophisticated version of an expansible
    3758             :  * array).  The space between CHUNK_DATA_START and freeptr is occupied by
    3759             :  * AfterTriggerEventData records; the space between endfree and endptr is
    3760             :  * occupied by AfterTriggerSharedData records.
    3761             :  */
    3762             : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventChunk
    3763             : {
    3764             :     struct AfterTriggerEventChunk *next;    /* list link */
    3765             :     char       *freeptr;        /* start of free space in chunk */
    3766             :     char       *endfree;        /* end of free space in chunk */
    3767             :     char       *endptr;         /* end of chunk */
    3768             :     /* event data follows here */
    3769             : } AfterTriggerEventChunk;
    3770             : 
    3771             : #define CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr) ((char *) (cptr) + MAXALIGN(sizeof(AfterTriggerEventChunk)))
    3772             : 
    3773             : /* A list of events */
    3774             : typedef struct AfterTriggerEventList
    3775             : {
    3776             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *head;
    3777             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *tail;
    3778             :     char       *tailfree;       /* freeptr of tail chunk */
    3779             : } AfterTriggerEventList;
    3780             : 
    3781             : /* Macros to help in iterating over a list of events */
    3782             : #define for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) \
    3783             :     for (cptr = (evtlist).head; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
    3784             : #define for_each_event(eptr, cptr) \
    3785             :     for (eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr); \
    3786             :          (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
    3787             :          eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
    3788             : /* Use this if no special per-chunk processing is needed */
    3789             : #define for_each_event_chunk(eptr, cptr, evtlist) \
    3790             :     for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) for_each_event(eptr, cptr)
    3791             : 
    3792             : /* Macros for iterating from a start point that might not be list start */
    3793             : #define for_each_chunk_from(cptr) \
    3794             :     for (; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)
    3795             : #define for_each_event_from(eptr, cptr) \
    3796             :     for (; \
    3797             :          (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
    3798             :          eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))
    3799             : 
    3800             : 
    3801             : /*
    3802             :  * All per-transaction data for the AFTER TRIGGERS module.
    3803             :  *
    3804             :  * AfterTriggersData has the following fields:
    3805             :  *
    3806             :  * firing_counter is incremented for each call of afterTriggerInvokeEvents.
    3807             :  * We mark firable events with the current firing cycle's ID so that we can
    3808             :  * tell which ones to work on.  This ensures sane behavior if a trigger
    3809             :  * function chooses to do SET CONSTRAINTS: the inner SET CONSTRAINTS will
    3810             :  * only fire those events that weren't already scheduled for firing.
    3811             :  *
    3812             :  * state keeps track of the transaction-local effects of SET CONSTRAINTS.
    3813             :  * This is saved and restored across failed subtransactions.
    3814             :  *
    3815             :  * events is the current list of deferred events.  This is global across
    3816             :  * all subtransactions of the current transaction.  In a subtransaction
    3817             :  * abort, we know that the events added by the subtransaction are at the
    3818             :  * end of the list, so it is relatively easy to discard them.  The event
    3819             :  * list chunks themselves are stored in event_cxt.
    3820             :  *
    3821             :  * query_depth is the current depth of nested AfterTriggerBeginQuery calls
    3822             :  * (-1 when the stack is empty).
    3823             :  *
    3824             :  * query_stack[query_depth] is the per-query-level data, including these fields:
    3825             :  *
    3826             :  * events is a list of AFTER trigger events queued by the current query.
    3827             :  * None of these are valid until the matching AfterTriggerEndQuery call
    3828             :  * occurs.  At that point we fire immediate-mode triggers, and append any
    3829             :  * deferred events to the main events list.
    3830             :  *
    3831             :  * fdw_tuplestore is a tuplestore containing the foreign-table tuples
    3832             :  * needed by events queued by the current query.  (Note: we use just one
    3833             :  * tuplestore even though more than one foreign table might be involved.
    3834             :  * This is okay because tuplestores don't really care what's in the tuples
    3835             :  * they store; but it's possible that someday it'd break.)
    3836             :  *
    3837             :  * tables is a List of AfterTriggersTableData structs for target tables
    3838             :  * of the current query (see below).
    3839             :  *
    3840             :  * maxquerydepth is just the allocated length of query_stack.
    3841             :  *
    3842             :  * trans_stack holds per-subtransaction data, including these fields:
    3843             :  *
    3844             :  * state is NULL or a pointer to a saved copy of the SET CONSTRAINTS
    3845             :  * state data.  Each subtransaction level that modifies that state first
    3846             :  * saves a copy, which we use to restore the state if we abort.
    3847             :  *
    3848             :  * events is a copy of the events head/tail pointers,
    3849             :  * which we use to restore those values during subtransaction abort.
    3850             :  *
    3851             :  * query_depth is the subtransaction-start-time value of query_depth,
    3852             :  * which we similarly use to clean up at subtransaction abort.
    3853             :  *
    3854             :  * firing_counter is the subtransaction-start-time value of firing_counter.
    3855             :  * We use this to recognize which deferred triggers were fired (or marked
    3856             :  * for firing) within an aborted subtransaction.
    3857             :  *
    3858             :  * We use GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel() to determine the correct array
    3859             :  * index in trans_stack.  maxtransdepth is the number of allocated entries in
    3860             :  * trans_stack.  (By not keeping our own stack pointer, we can avoid trouble
    3861             :  * in cases where errors during subxact abort cause multiple invocations
    3862             :  * of AfterTriggerEndSubXact() at the same nesting depth.)
    3863             :  *
    3864             :  * We create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for each target table of the
    3865             :  * current query, and each operation mode (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE), that has
    3866             :  * either transition tables or statement-level triggers.  This is used to
    3867             :  * hold the relevant transition tables, as well as info tracking whether
    3868             :  * we already queued the statement triggers.  (We use that info to prevent
    3869             :  * firing the same statement triggers more than once per statement, or really
    3870             :  * once per transition table set.)  These structs, along with the transition
    3871             :  * table tuplestores, live in the (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext.
    3872             :  * That's sufficient lifespan because we don't allow transition tables to be
    3873             :  * used by deferrable triggers, so they only need to survive until
    3874             :  * AfterTriggerEndQuery.
    3875             :  */
    3876             : typedef struct AfterTriggersQueryData AfterTriggersQueryData;
    3877             : typedef struct AfterTriggersTransData AfterTriggersTransData;
    3878             : typedef struct AfterTriggersTableData AfterTriggersTableData;
    3879             : 
    3880             : typedef struct AfterTriggersData
    3881             : {
    3882             :     CommandId   firing_counter; /* next firing ID to assign */
    3883             :     SetConstraintState state;   /* the active S C state */
    3884             :     AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* deferred-event list */
    3885             :     MemoryContext event_cxt;    /* memory context for events, if any */
    3886             : 
    3887             :     /* per-query-level data: */
    3888             :     AfterTriggersQueryData *query_stack;    /* array of structs shown below */
    3889             :     int         query_depth;    /* current index in above array */
    3890             :     int         maxquerydepth;  /* allocated len of above array */
    3891             : 
    3892             :     /* per-subtransaction-level data: */
    3893             :     AfterTriggersTransData *trans_stack;    /* array of structs shown below */
    3894             :     int         maxtransdepth;  /* allocated len of above array */
    3895             : } AfterTriggersData;
    3896             : 
    3897             : struct AfterTriggersQueryData
    3898             : {
    3899             :     AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* events pending from this query */
    3900             :     Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore;    /* foreign tuples for said events */
    3901             :     List       *tables;         /* list of AfterTriggersTableData, see below */
    3902             : };
    3903             : 
    3904             : struct AfterTriggersTransData
    3905             : {
    3906             :     /* these fields are just for resetting at subtrans abort: */
    3907             :     SetConstraintState state;   /* saved S C state, or NULL if not yet saved */
    3908             :     AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* saved list pointer */
    3909             :     int         query_depth;    /* saved query_depth */
    3910             :     CommandId   firing_counter; /* saved firing_counter */
    3911             : };
    3912             : 
    3913             : struct AfterTriggersTableData
    3914             : {
    3915             :     /* relid + cmdType form the lookup key for these structs: */
    3916             :     Oid         relid;          /* target table's OID */
    3917             :     CmdType     cmdType;        /* event type, CMD_INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE */
    3918             :     bool        closed;         /* true when no longer OK to add tuples */
    3919             :     bool        before_trig_done;   /* did we already queue BS triggers? */
    3920             :     bool        after_trig_done;    /* did we already queue AS triggers? */
    3921             :     AfterTriggerEventList after_trig_events;    /* if so, saved list pointer */
    3922             : 
    3923             :     /*
    3924             :      * We maintain separate transition tables for UPDATE/INSERT/DELETE since
    3925             :      * MERGE can run all three actions in a single statement. Note that UPDATE
    3926             :      * needs both old and new transition tables whereas INSERT needs only new,
    3927             :      * and DELETE needs only old.
    3928             :      */
    3929             : 
    3930             :     /* "old" transition table for UPDATE, if any */
    3931             :     Tuplestorestate *old_upd_tuplestore;
    3932             :     /* "new" transition table for UPDATE, if any */
    3933             :     Tuplestorestate *new_upd_tuplestore;
    3934             :     /* "old" transition table for DELETE, if any */
    3935             :     Tuplestorestate *old_del_tuplestore;
    3936             :     /* "new" transition table for INSERT, if any */
    3937             :     Tuplestorestate *new_ins_tuplestore;
    3938             : 
    3939             :     TupleTableSlot *storeslot;  /* for converting to tuplestore's format */
    3940             : };
    3941             : 
    3942             : static AfterTriggersData afterTriggers;
    3943             : 
    3944             : static void AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
    3945             :                                 AfterTriggerEvent event,
    3946             :                                 ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
    3947             :                                 ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
    3948             :                                 ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
    3949             :                                 TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
    3950             :                                 FmgrInfo *finfo,
    3951             :                                 Instrumentation *instr,
    3952             :                                 MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
    3953             :                                 TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
    3954             :                                 TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2);
    3955             : static AfterTriggersTableData *GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid,
    3956             :                                                          CmdType cmdType);
    3957             : static TupleTableSlot *GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
    3958             :                                                  TupleDesc tupdesc);
    3959             : static Tuplestorestate *GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
    3960             :                                                         TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
    3961             :                                                         TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    3962             :                                                         TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture);
    3963             : static void TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
    3964             :                                     TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    3965             :                                     ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    3966             :                                     TupleTableSlot *slot,
    3967             :                                     TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
    3968             :                                     Tuplestorestate *tuplestore);
    3969             : static void AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs);
    3970             : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc);
    3971             : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate);
    3972             : static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
    3973             :                                                     Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred);
    3974             : static void cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent);
    3975             : 
    3976             : 
    3977             : /*
    3978             :  * Get the FDW tuplestore for the current trigger query level, creating it
    3979             :  * if necessary.
    3980             :  */
    3981             : static Tuplestorestate *
    3982         100 : GetCurrentFDWTuplestore(void)
    3983             : {
    3984             :     Tuplestorestate *ret;
    3985             : 
    3986         100 :     ret = afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore;
    3987         100 :     if (ret == NULL)
    3988             :     {
    3989             :         MemoryContext oldcxt;
    3990             :         ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
    3991             : 
    3992             :         /*
    3993             :          * Make the tuplestore valid until end of subtransaction.  We really
    3994             :          * only need it until AfterTriggerEndQuery().
    3995             :          */
    3996          36 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    3997          36 :         saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    3998          36 :         CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
    3999             : 
    4000          36 :         ret = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    4001             : 
    4002          36 :         CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
    4003          36 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    4004             : 
    4005          36 :         afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore = ret;
    4006             :     }
    4007             : 
    4008         100 :     return ret;
    4009             : }
    4010             : 
    4011             : /* ----------
    4012             :  * afterTriggerCheckState()
    4013             :  *
    4014             :  *  Returns true if the trigger event is actually in state DEFERRED.
    4015             :  * ----------
    4016             :  */
    4017             : static bool
    4018       11846 : afterTriggerCheckState(AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
    4019             : {
    4020       11846 :     Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    4021       11846 :     SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
    4022             :     int         i;
    4023             : 
    4024             :     /*
    4025             :      * For not-deferrable triggers (i.e. normal AFTER ROW triggers and
    4026             :      * constraints declared NOT DEFERRABLE), the state is always false.
    4027             :      */
    4028       11846 :     if ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) == 0)
    4029       11108 :         return false;
    4030             : 
    4031             :     /*
    4032             :      * If constraint state exists, SET CONSTRAINTS might have been executed
    4033             :      * either for this trigger or for all triggers.
    4034             :      */
    4035         738 :     if (state != NULL)
    4036             :     {
    4037             :         /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS for this specific trigger. */
    4038         316 :         for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
    4039             :         {
    4040         250 :             if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
    4041          60 :                 return state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred;
    4042             :         }
    4043             : 
    4044             :         /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS ALL. */
    4045          66 :         if (state->all_isset)
    4046          54 :             return state->all_isdeferred;
    4047             :     }
    4048             : 
    4049             :     /*
    4050             :      * Otherwise return the default state for the trigger.
    4051             :      */
    4052         624 :     return ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED) != 0);
    4053             : }
    4054             : 
    4055             : /* ----------
    4056             :  * afterTriggerCopyBitmap()
    4057             :  *
    4058             :  * Copy bitmap into AfterTriggerEvents memory context, which is where the after
    4059             :  * trigger events are kept.
    4060             :  * ----------
    4061             :  */
    4062             : static Bitmapset *
    4063       10984 : afterTriggerCopyBitmap(Bitmapset *src)
    4064             : {
    4065             :     Bitmapset  *dst;
    4066             :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4067             : 
    4068       10984 :     if (src == NULL)
    4069        7712 :         return NULL;
    4070             : 
    4071        3272 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
    4072             : 
    4073        3272 :     dst = bms_copy(src);
    4074             : 
    4075        3272 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    4076             : 
    4077        3272 :     return dst;
    4078             : }
    4079             : 
    4080             : /* ----------
    4081             :  * afterTriggerAddEvent()
    4082             :  *
    4083             :  *  Add a new trigger event to the specified queue.
    4084             :  *  The passed-in event data is copied.
    4085             :  * ----------
    4086             :  */
    4087             : static void
    4088       12520 : afterTriggerAddEvent(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4089             :                      AfterTriggerEvent event, AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
    4090             : {
    4091       12520 :     Size        eventsize = SizeofTriggerEvent(event);
    4092       12520 :     Size        needed = eventsize + sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData);
    4093             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4094             :     AfterTriggerShared newshared;
    4095             :     AfterTriggerEvent newevent;
    4096             : 
    4097             :     /*
    4098             :      * If empty list or not enough room in the tail chunk, make a new chunk.
    4099             :      * We assume here that a new shared record will always be needed.
    4100             :      */
    4101       12520 :     chunk = events->tail;
    4102       12520 :     if (chunk == NULL ||
    4103        4714 :         chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr < needed)
    4104             :     {
    4105             :         Size        chunksize;
    4106             : 
    4107             :         /* Create event context if we didn't already */
    4108        7806 :         if (afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL)
    4109        6572 :             afterTriggers.event_cxt =
    4110        6572 :                 AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
    4111             :                                       "AfterTriggerEvents",
    4112             :                                       ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
    4113             : 
    4114             :         /*
    4115             :          * Chunk size starts at 1KB and is allowed to increase up to 1MB.
    4116             :          * These numbers are fairly arbitrary, though there is a hard limit at
    4117             :          * AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET; else we couldn't link event records to their
    4118             :          * shared records using the available space in ate_flags.  Another
    4119             :          * constraint is that if the chunk size gets too huge, the search loop
    4120             :          * below would get slow given a (not too common) usage pattern with
    4121             :          * many distinct event types in a chunk.  Therefore, we double the
    4122             :          * preceding chunk size only if there weren't too many shared records
    4123             :          * in the preceding chunk; otherwise we halve it.  This gives us some
    4124             :          * ability to adapt to the actual usage pattern of the current query
    4125             :          * while still having large chunk sizes in typical usage.  All chunk
    4126             :          * sizes used should be MAXALIGN multiples, to ensure that the shared
    4127             :          * records will be aligned safely.
    4128             :          */
    4129             : #define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024
    4130             : #define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)
    4131             : 
    4132             : #if MAX_CHUNK_SIZE > (AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET+1)
    4133             : #error MAX_CHUNK_SIZE must not exceed AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET
    4134             : #endif
    4135             : 
    4136        7806 :         if (chunk == NULL)
    4137        7806 :             chunksize = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE;
    4138             :         else
    4139             :         {
    4140             :             /* preceding chunk size... */
    4141           0 :             chunksize = chunk->endptr - (char *) chunk;
    4142             :             /* check number of shared records in preceding chunk */
    4143           0 :             if ((chunk->endptr - chunk->endfree) <=
    4144             :                 (100 * sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData)))
    4145           0 :                 chunksize *= 2; /* okay, double it */
    4146             :             else
    4147           0 :                 chunksize /= 2; /* too many shared records */
    4148           0 :             chunksize = Min(chunksize, MAX_CHUNK_SIZE);
    4149             :         }
    4150        7806 :         chunk = MemoryContextAlloc(afterTriggers.event_cxt, chunksize);
    4151        7806 :         chunk->next = NULL;
    4152        7806 :         chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
    4153        7806 :         chunk->endptr = chunk->endfree = (char *) chunk + chunksize;
    4154             :         Assert(chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr >= needed);
    4155             : 
    4156        7806 :         if (events->tail == NULL)
    4157             :         {
    4158             :             Assert(events->head == NULL);
    4159        7806 :             events->head = chunk;
    4160             :         }
    4161             :         else
    4162           0 :             events->tail->next = chunk;
    4163        7806 :         events->tail = chunk;
    4164             :         /* events->tailfree is now out of sync, but we'll fix it below */
    4165             :     }
    4166             : 
    4167             :     /*
    4168             :      * Try to locate a matching shared-data record already in the chunk. If
    4169             :      * none, make a new one. The search begins with the most recently added
    4170             :      * record, since newer ones are most likely to match.
    4171             :      */
    4172       12520 :     for (newshared = (AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree;
    4173       17744 :          (char *) newshared < chunk->endptr;
    4174        5224 :          newshared++)
    4175             :     {
    4176             :         /* compare fields roughly by probability of them being different */
    4177        6760 :         if (newshared->ats_tgoid == evtshared->ats_tgoid &&
    4178        1754 :             newshared->ats_event == evtshared->ats_event &&
    4179        1748 :             newshared->ats_firing_id == 0 &&
    4180        1574 :             newshared->ats_table == evtshared->ats_table &&
    4181        1574 :             newshared->ats_relid == evtshared->ats_relid &&
    4182        3142 :             newshared->ats_rolid == evtshared->ats_rolid &&
    4183        1568 :             bms_equal(newshared->ats_modifiedcols,
    4184        1568 :                       evtshared->ats_modifiedcols))
    4185        1536 :             break;
    4186             :     }
    4187       12520 :     if ((char *) newshared >= chunk->endptr)
    4188             :     {
    4189       10984 :         newshared = ((AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree) - 1;
    4190       10984 :         *newshared = *evtshared;
    4191             :         /* now we must make a suitably-long-lived copy of the bitmap */
    4192       10984 :         newshared->ats_modifiedcols = afterTriggerCopyBitmap(evtshared->ats_modifiedcols);
    4193       10984 :         newshared->ats_firing_id = 0;    /* just to be sure */
    4194       10984 :         chunk->endfree = (char *) newshared;
    4195             :     }
    4196             : 
    4197             :     /* Insert the data */
    4198       12520 :     newevent = (AfterTriggerEvent) chunk->freeptr;
    4199       12520 :     memcpy(newevent, event, eventsize);
    4200             :     /* ... and link the new event to its shared record */
    4201       12520 :     newevent->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET;
    4202       12520 :     newevent->ate_flags |= (char *) newshared - (char *) newevent;
    4203             : 
    4204       12520 :     chunk->freeptr += eventsize;
    4205       12520 :     events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
    4206       12520 : }
    4207             : 
    4208             : /* ----------
    4209             :  * afterTriggerFreeEventList()
    4210             :  *
    4211             :  *  Free all the event storage in the given list.
    4212             :  * ----------
    4213             :  */
    4214             : static void
    4215       17074 : afterTriggerFreeEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events)
    4216             : {
    4217             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4218             : 
    4219       23374 :     while ((chunk = events->head) != NULL)
    4220             :     {
    4221        6300 :         events->head = chunk->next;
    4222        6300 :         pfree(chunk);
    4223             :     }
    4224       17074 :     events->tail = NULL;
    4225       17074 :     events->tailfree = NULL;
    4226       17074 : }
    4227             : 
    4228             : /* ----------
    4229             :  * afterTriggerRestoreEventList()
    4230             :  *
    4231             :  *  Restore an event list to its prior length, removing all the events
    4232             :  *  added since it had the value old_events.
    4233             :  * ----------
    4234             :  */
    4235             : static void
    4236        9368 : afterTriggerRestoreEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4237             :                              const AfterTriggerEventList *old_events)
    4238             : {
    4239             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4240             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *next_chunk;
    4241             : 
    4242        9368 :     if (old_events->tail == NULL)
    4243             :     {
    4244             :         /* restoring to a completely empty state, so free everything */
    4245        9346 :         afterTriggerFreeEventList(events);
    4246             :     }
    4247             :     else
    4248             :     {
    4249          22 :         *events = *old_events;
    4250             :         /* free any chunks after the last one we want to keep */
    4251          22 :         for (chunk = events->tail->next; chunk != NULL; chunk = next_chunk)
    4252             :         {
    4253           0 :             next_chunk = chunk->next;
    4254           0 :             pfree(chunk);
    4255             :         }
    4256             :         /* and clean up the tail chunk to be the right length */
    4257          22 :         events->tail->next = NULL;
    4258          22 :         events->tail->freeptr = events->tailfree;
    4259             : 
    4260             :         /*
    4261             :          * We don't make any effort to remove now-unused shared data records.
    4262             :          * They might still be useful, anyway.
    4263             :          */
    4264             :     }
    4265        9368 : }
    4266             : 
    4267             : /* ----------
    4268             :  * afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk()
    4269             :  *
    4270             :  *  Remove the first chunk of events from the query level's event list.
    4271             :  *  Keep any event list pointers elsewhere in the query level's data
    4272             :  *  structures in sync.
    4273             :  * ----------
    4274             :  */
    4275             : static void
    4276           0 : afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
    4277             : {
    4278           0 :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *target = qs->events.head;
    4279             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4280             : 
    4281             :     Assert(target && target->next);
    4282             : 
    4283             :     /*
    4284             :      * First, update any pointers in the per-table data, so that they won't be
    4285             :      * dangling.  Resetting obsoleted pointers to NULL will make
    4286             :      * cancel_prior_stmt_triggers start from the list head, which is fine.
    4287             :      */
    4288           0 :     foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    4289             :     {
    4290           0 :         AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
    4291             : 
    4292           0 :         if (table->after_trig_done &&
    4293           0 :             table->after_trig_events.tail == target)
    4294             :         {
    4295           0 :             table->after_trig_events.head = NULL;
    4296           0 :             table->after_trig_events.tail = NULL;
    4297           0 :             table->after_trig_events.tailfree = NULL;
    4298             :         }
    4299             :     }
    4300             : 
    4301             :     /* Now we can flush the head chunk */
    4302           0 :     qs->events.head = target->next;
    4303           0 :     pfree(target);
    4304           0 : }
    4305             : 
    4306             : 
    4307             : /* ----------
    4308             :  * AfterTriggerExecute()
    4309             :  *
    4310             :  *  Fetch the required tuples back from the heap and fire one
    4311             :  *  single trigger function.
    4312             :  *
    4313             :  *  Frequently, this will be fired many times in a row for triggers of
    4314             :  *  a single relation.  Therefore, we cache the open relation and provide
    4315             :  *  fmgr lookup cache space at the caller level.  (For triggers fired at
    4316             :  *  the end of a query, we can even piggyback on the executor's state.)
    4317             :  *
    4318             :  *  When fired for a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, the old
    4319             :  *  tuple is fetched using 'src_relInfo' (the source leaf partition) and
    4320             :  *  the new tuple using 'dst_relInfo' (the destination leaf partition), though
    4321             :  *  both are converted into the root partitioned table's format before passing
    4322             :  *  to the trigger function.
    4323             :  *
    4324             :  *  event: event currently being fired.
    4325             :  *  relInfo: result relation for event.
    4326             :  *  src_relInfo: source partition of a cross-partition update
    4327             :  *  dst_relInfo: its destination partition
    4328             :  *  trigdesc: working copy of rel's trigger info.
    4329             :  *  finfo: array of fmgr lookup cache entries (one per trigger in trigdesc).
    4330             :  *  instr: array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation nodes (one per trigger),
    4331             :  *      or NULL if no instrumentation is wanted.
    4332             :  *  per_tuple_context: memory context to call trigger function in.
    4333             :  *  trig_tuple_slot1: scratch slot for tg_trigtuple (foreign tables only)
    4334             :  *  trig_tuple_slot2: scratch slot for tg_newtuple (foreign tables only)
    4335             :  * ----------
    4336             :  */
    4337             : static void
    4338       11560 : AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
    4339             :                     AfterTriggerEvent event,
    4340             :                     ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
    4341             :                     ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
    4342             :                     ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
    4343             :                     TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
    4344             :                     FmgrInfo *finfo, Instrumentation *instr,
    4345             :                     MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
    4346             :                     TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
    4347             :                     TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2)
    4348             : {
    4349       11560 :     Relation    rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4350       11560 :     Relation    src_rel = src_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4351       11560 :     Relation    dst_rel = dst_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4352       11560 :     AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    4353       11560 :     Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    4354       11560 :     TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    4355             :     Oid         save_rolid;
    4356             :     int         save_sec_context;
    4357             :     HeapTuple   rettuple;
    4358             :     int         tgindx;
    4359       11560 :     bool        should_free_trig = false;
    4360       11560 :     bool        should_free_new = false;
    4361             : 
    4362             :     /*
    4363             :      * Locate trigger in trigdesc.  It might not be present, and in fact the
    4364             :      * trigdesc could be NULL, if the trigger was dropped since the event was
    4365             :      * queued.  In that case, silently do nothing.
    4366             :      */
    4367       11560 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    4368           6 :         return;
    4369       25882 :     for (tgindx = 0; tgindx < trigdesc->numtriggers; tgindx++)
    4370             :     {
    4371       25882 :         if (trigdesc->triggers[tgindx].tgoid == tgoid)
    4372             :         {
    4373       11554 :             LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = &(trigdesc->triggers[tgindx]);
    4374       11554 :             break;
    4375             :         }
    4376             :     }
    4377       11554 :     if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger == NULL)
    4378           0 :         return;
    4379             : 
    4380             :     /*
    4381             :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger. We want
    4382             :      * to include time spent re-fetching tuples in the trigger cost.
    4383             :      */
    4384       11554 :     if (instr)
    4385           0 :         InstrStartNode(instr + tgindx);
    4386             : 
    4387             :     /*
    4388             :      * Fetch the required tuple(s).
    4389             :      */
    4390       11554 :     switch (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS)
    4391             :     {
    4392          50 :         case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH:
    4393             :             {
    4394          50 :                 Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
    4395             : 
    4396          50 :                 if (!tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
    4397             :                                              trig_tuple_slot1))
    4398           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
    4399             : 
    4400          50 :                 if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
    4401          18 :                     TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE &&
    4402          18 :                     !tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
    4403             :                                              trig_tuple_slot2))
    4404           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
    4405             :             }
    4406             :             /* fall through */
    4407             :         case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE:
    4408             : 
    4409             :             /*
    4410             :              * Store tuple in the slot so that tg_trigtuple does not reference
    4411             :              * tuplestore memory.  (It is formally possible for the trigger
    4412             :              * function to queue trigger events that add to the same
    4413             :              * tuplestore, which can push other tuples out of memory.)  The
    4414             :              * distinction is academic, because we start with a minimal tuple
    4415             :              * that is stored as a heap tuple, constructed in different memory
    4416             :              * context, in the slot anyway.
    4417             :              */
    4418          58 :             LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = trig_tuple_slot1;
    4419          58 :             LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
    4420          58 :                 ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot1, true, &should_free_trig);
    4421             : 
    4422          58 :             if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
    4423             :                 TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
    4424             :             {
    4425          22 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = trig_tuple_slot2;
    4426          22 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
    4427          22 :                     ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot2, true, &should_free_new);
    4428             :             }
    4429             :             else
    4430             :             {
    4431          36 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
    4432             :             }
    4433          58 :             break;
    4434             : 
    4435       11496 :         default:
    4436       11496 :             if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid1)))
    4437             :             {
    4438       10456 :                 TupleTableSlot *src_slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate,
    4439             :                                                                  src_relInfo);
    4440             : 
    4441       10456 :                 if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(src_rel,
    4442             :                                                    &(event->ate_ctid1),
    4443             :                                                    SnapshotAny,
    4444             :                                                    src_slot))
    4445           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
    4446             : 
    4447             :                 /*
    4448             :                  * Store the tuple fetched from the source partition into the
    4449             :                  * target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if needed.
    4450             :                  */
    4451       10456 :                 if (src_relInfo != relInfo)
    4452             :                 {
    4453         144 :                     TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_relInfo);
    4454             : 
    4455         144 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relInfo);
    4456         144 :                     if (map)
    4457             :                     {
    4458          36 :                         execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    4459             :                                               src_slot,
    4460             :                                               LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
    4461             :                     }
    4462             :                     else
    4463         108 :                         ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, src_slot);
    4464             :                 }
    4465             :                 else
    4466       10312 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = src_slot;
    4467       10456 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
    4468       10456 :                     ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, false, &should_free_trig);
    4469             :             }
    4470             :             else
    4471             :             {
    4472        1040 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
    4473             :             }
    4474             : 
    4475             :             /* don't touch ctid2 if not there */
    4476       11496 :             if (((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ||
    4477       11640 :                  (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)) &&
    4478        3086 :                 ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid2)))
    4479        3086 :             {
    4480        3086 :                 TupleTableSlot *dst_slot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate,
    4481             :                                                                  dst_relInfo);
    4482             : 
    4483        3086 :                 if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(dst_rel,
    4484             :                                                    &(event->ate_ctid2),
    4485             :                                                    SnapshotAny,
    4486             :                                                    dst_slot))
    4487           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
    4488             : 
    4489             :                 /*
    4490             :                  * Store the tuple fetched from the destination partition into
    4491             :                  * the target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if
    4492             :                  * needed.
    4493             :                  */
    4494        3086 :                 if (dst_relInfo != relInfo)
    4495             :                 {
    4496         144 :                     TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_relInfo);
    4497             : 
    4498         144 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relInfo);
    4499         144 :                     if (map)
    4500             :                     {
    4501          36 :                         execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    4502             :                                               dst_slot,
    4503             :                                               LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
    4504             :                     }
    4505             :                     else
    4506         108 :                         ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, dst_slot);
    4507             :                 }
    4508             :                 else
    4509        2942 :                     LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = dst_slot;
    4510        3086 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
    4511        3086 :                     ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, false, &should_free_new);
    4512             :             }
    4513             :             else
    4514             :             {
    4515        8410 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
    4516             :             }
    4517             :     }
    4518             : 
    4519             :     /*
    4520             :      * Set up the tuplestore information to let the trigger have access to
    4521             :      * transition tables.  When we first make a transition table available to
    4522             :      * a trigger, mark it "closed" so that it cannot change anymore.  If any
    4523             :      * additional events of the same type get queued in the current trigger
    4524             :      * query level, they'll go into new transition tables.
    4525             :      */
    4526       11554 :     LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = NULL;
    4527       11554 :     if (evtshared->ats_table)
    4528             :     {
    4529         564 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgoldtable)
    4530             :         {
    4531         312 :             if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(evtshared->ats_event))
    4532         162 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = evtshared->ats_table->old_upd_tuplestore;
    4533             :             else
    4534         150 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = evtshared->ats_table->old_del_tuplestore;
    4535         312 :             evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
    4536             :         }
    4537             : 
    4538         564 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgnewtable)
    4539             :         {
    4540         402 :             if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(evtshared->ats_event))
    4541         222 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = evtshared->ats_table->new_ins_tuplestore;
    4542             :             else
    4543         180 :                 LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = evtshared->ats_table->new_upd_tuplestore;
    4544         402 :             evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
    4545             :         }
    4546             :     }
    4547             : 
    4548             :     /*
    4549             :      * Setup the remaining trigger information
    4550             :      */
    4551       11554 :     LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    4552       11554 :     LocTriggerData.tg_event =
    4553       11554 :         evtshared->ats_event & (TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
    4554       11554 :     LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
    4555       11554 :     if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgtype))
    4556        5436 :         LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = evtshared->ats_modifiedcols;
    4557             : 
    4558       11554 :     MemoryContextReset(per_tuple_context);
    4559             : 
    4560             :     /*
    4561             :      * If necessary, become the role that was active when the trigger got
    4562             :      * queued.  Note that the role might have been dropped since the trigger
    4563             :      * was queued, but if that is a problem, we will get an error later.
    4564             :      * Checking here would still leave a race condition.
    4565             :      */
    4566       11554 :     GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_rolid, &save_sec_context);
    4567       11554 :     if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
    4568          24 :         SetUserIdAndSecContext(evtshared->ats_rolid,
    4569             :                                save_sec_context | SECURITY_LOCAL_USERID_CHANGE);
    4570             : 
    4571             :     /*
    4572             :      * Call the trigger and throw away any possibly returned updated tuple.
    4573             :      * (Don't let ExecCallTriggerFunc measure EXPLAIN time.)
    4574             :      */
    4575       11554 :     rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
    4576             :                                    tgindx,
    4577             :                                    finfo,
    4578             :                                    NULL,
    4579             :                                    per_tuple_context);
    4580       10296 :     if (rettuple != NULL &&
    4581        3416 :         rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple &&
    4582        1440 :         rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple)
    4583           0 :         heap_freetuple(rettuple);
    4584             : 
    4585             :     /* Restore the current role if necessary */
    4586       10296 :     if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
    4587          18 :         SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_rolid, save_sec_context);
    4588             : 
    4589             :     /*
    4590             :      * Release resources
    4591             :      */
    4592       10296 :     if (should_free_trig)
    4593         172 :         heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple);
    4594       10296 :     if (should_free_new)
    4595         136 :         heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple);
    4596             : 
    4597             :     /* don't clear slots' contents if foreign table */
    4598       10296 :     if (trig_tuple_slot1 == NULL)
    4599             :     {
    4600       10226 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot)
    4601        9246 :             ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
    4602       10226 :         if (LocTriggerData.tg_newslot)
    4603        2764 :             ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
    4604             :     }
    4605             : 
    4606             :     /*
    4607             :      * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
    4608             :      * one "tuple returned" (really the number of firings).
    4609             :      */
    4610       10296 :     if (instr)
    4611           0 :         InstrStopNode(instr + tgindx, 1);
    4612             : }
    4613             : 
    4614             : 
    4615             : /*
    4616             :  * afterTriggerMarkEvents()
    4617             :  *
    4618             :  *  Scan the given event list for not yet invoked events.  Mark the ones
    4619             :  *  that can be invoked now with the current firing ID.
    4620             :  *
    4621             :  *  If move_list isn't NULL, events that are not to be invoked now are
    4622             :  *  transferred to move_list.
    4623             :  *
    4624             :  *  When immediate_only is true, do not invoke currently-deferred triggers.
    4625             :  *  (This will be false only at main transaction exit.)
    4626             :  *
    4627             :  *  Returns true if any invokable events were found.
    4628             :  */
    4629             : static bool
    4630     1035720 : afterTriggerMarkEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4631             :                        AfterTriggerEventList *move_list,
    4632             :                        bool immediate_only)
    4633             : {
    4634     1035720 :     bool        found = false;
    4635     1035720 :     bool        deferred_found = false;
    4636             :     AfterTriggerEvent event;
    4637             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4638             : 
    4639     1056954 :     for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, *events)
    4640             :     {
    4641       13202 :         AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    4642       13202 :         bool        defer_it = false;
    4643             : 
    4644       13202 :         if (!(event->ate_flags &
    4645             :               (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS)))
    4646             :         {
    4647             :             /*
    4648             :              * This trigger hasn't been called or scheduled yet. Check if we
    4649             :              * should call it now.
    4650             :              */
    4651       12368 :             if (immediate_only && afterTriggerCheckState(evtshared))
    4652             :             {
    4653         618 :                 defer_it = true;
    4654             :             }
    4655             :             else
    4656             :             {
    4657             :                 /*
    4658             :                  * Mark it as to be fired in this firing cycle.
    4659             :                  */
    4660       11750 :                 evtshared->ats_firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
    4661       11750 :                 event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
    4662       11750 :                 found = true;
    4663             :             }
    4664             :         }
    4665             : 
    4666             :         /*
    4667             :          * If it's deferred, move it to move_list, if requested.
    4668             :          */
    4669       13202 :         if (defer_it && move_list != NULL)
    4670             :         {
    4671         618 :             deferred_found = true;
    4672             :             /* add it to move_list */
    4673         618 :             afterTriggerAddEvent(move_list, event, evtshared);
    4674             :             /* mark original copy "done" so we don't do it again */
    4675         618 :             event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
    4676             :         }
    4677             :     }
    4678             : 
    4679             :     /*
    4680             :      * We could allow deferred triggers if, before the end of the
    4681             :      * security-restricted operation, we were to verify that a SET CONSTRAINTS
    4682             :      * ... IMMEDIATE has fired all such triggers.  For now, don't bother.
    4683             :      */
    4684     1035720 :     if (deferred_found && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
    4685          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4686             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4687             :                  errmsg("cannot fire deferred trigger within security-restricted operation")));
    4688             : 
    4689     1035708 :     return found;
    4690             : }
    4691             : 
    4692             : /*
    4693             :  * afterTriggerInvokeEvents()
    4694             :  *
    4695             :  *  Scan the given event list for events that are marked as to be fired
    4696             :  *  in the current firing cycle, and fire them.
    4697             :  *
    4698             :  *  If estate isn't NULL, we use its result relation info to avoid repeated
    4699             :  *  openings and closing of trigger target relations.  If it is NULL, we
    4700             :  *  make one locally to cache the info in case there are multiple trigger
    4701             :  *  events per rel.
    4702             :  *
    4703             :  *  When delete_ok is true, it's safe to delete fully-processed events.
    4704             :  *  (We are not very tense about that: we simply reset a chunk to be empty
    4705             :  *  if all its events got fired.  The objective here is just to avoid useless
    4706             :  *  rescanning of events when a trigger queues new events during transaction
    4707             :  *  end, so it's not necessary to worry much about the case where only
    4708             :  *  some events are fired.)
    4709             :  *
    4710             :  *  Returns true if no unfired events remain in the list (this allows us
    4711             :  *  to avoid repeating afterTriggerMarkEvents).
    4712             :  */
    4713             : static bool
    4714        7564 : afterTriggerInvokeEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
    4715             :                          CommandId firing_id,
    4716             :                          EState *estate,
    4717             :                          bool delete_ok)
    4718             : {
    4719        7564 :     bool        all_fired = true;
    4720             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    4721             :     MemoryContext per_tuple_context;
    4722        7564 :     bool        local_estate = false;
    4723        7564 :     ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
    4724        7564 :     Relation    rel = NULL;
    4725        7564 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = NULL;
    4726        7564 :     FmgrInfo   *finfo = NULL;
    4727        7564 :     Instrumentation *instr = NULL;
    4728        7564 :     TupleTableSlot *slot1 = NULL,
    4729        7564 :                *slot2 = NULL;
    4730             : 
    4731             :     /* Make a local EState if need be */
    4732        7564 :     if (estate == NULL)
    4733             :     {
    4734         362 :         estate = CreateExecutorState();
    4735         362 :         local_estate = true;
    4736             :     }
    4737             : 
    4738             :     /* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
    4739             :     per_tuple_context =
    4740        7564 :         AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
    4741             :                               "AfterTriggerTupleContext",
    4742             :                               ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
    4743             : 
    4744       13870 :     for_each_chunk(chunk, *events)
    4745             :     {
    4746             :         AfterTriggerEvent event;
    4747        7564 :         bool        all_fired_in_chunk = true;
    4748             : 
    4749       19336 :         for_each_event(event, chunk)
    4750             :         {
    4751       13030 :             AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    4752             : 
    4753             :             /*
    4754             :              * Is it one for me to fire?
    4755             :              */
    4756       13030 :             if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS) &&
    4757       11560 :                 evtshared->ats_firing_id == firing_id)
    4758       10302 :             {
    4759             :                 ResultRelInfo *src_rInfo,
    4760             :                            *dst_rInfo;
    4761             : 
    4762             :                 /*
    4763             :                  * So let's fire it... but first, find the correct relation if
    4764             :                  * this is not the same relation as before.
    4765             :                  */
    4766       11560 :                 if (rel == NULL || RelationGetRelid(rel) != evtshared->ats_relid)
    4767             :                 {
    4768        7866 :                     rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate, evtshared->ats_relid,
    4769             :                                                     NULL);
    4770        7866 :                     rel = rInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    4771             :                     /* Catch calls with insufficient relcache refcounting */
    4772             :                     Assert(!RelationHasReferenceCountZero(rel));
    4773        7866 :                     trigdesc = rInfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    4774             :                     /* caution: trigdesc could be NULL here */
    4775        7866 :                     finfo = rInfo->ri_TrigFunctions;
    4776        7866 :                     instr = rInfo->ri_TrigInstrument;
    4777        7866 :                     if (slot1 != NULL)
    4778             :                     {
    4779           0 :                         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
    4780           0 :                         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
    4781           0 :                         slot1 = slot2 = NULL;
    4782             :                     }
    4783        7866 :                     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    4784             :                     {
    4785          38 :                         slot1 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
    4786             :                                                          &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
    4787          38 :                         slot2 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
    4788             :                                                          &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
    4789             :                     }
    4790             :                 }
    4791             : 
    4792             :                 /*
    4793             :                  * Look up source and destination partition result rels of a
    4794             :                  * cross-partition update event.
    4795             :                  */
    4796       11560 :                 if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) ==
    4797             :                     AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)
    4798             :                 {
    4799             :                     Assert(OidIsValid(event->ate_src_part) &&
    4800             :                            OidIsValid(event->ate_dst_part));
    4801         144 :                     src_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
    4802             :                                                         event->ate_src_part,
    4803             :                                                         rInfo);
    4804         144 :                     dst_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
    4805             :                                                         event->ate_dst_part,
    4806             :                                                         rInfo);
    4807             :                 }
    4808             :                 else
    4809       11416 :                     src_rInfo = dst_rInfo = rInfo;
    4810             : 
    4811             :                 /*
    4812             :                  * Fire it.  Note that the AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS flag is
    4813             :                  * still set, so recursive examinations of the event list
    4814             :                  * won't try to re-fire it.
    4815             :                  */
    4816       11560 :                 AfterTriggerExecute(estate, event, rInfo,
    4817             :                                     src_rInfo, dst_rInfo,
    4818             :                                     trigdesc, finfo, instr,
    4819             :                                     per_tuple_context, slot1, slot2);
    4820             : 
    4821             :                 /*
    4822             :                  * Mark the event as done.
    4823             :                  */
    4824       10302 :                 event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
    4825       10302 :                 event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
    4826             :             }
    4827        1470 :             else if (!(event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE))
    4828             :             {
    4829             :                 /* something remains to be done */
    4830         510 :                 all_fired = all_fired_in_chunk = false;
    4831             :             }
    4832             :         }
    4833             : 
    4834             :         /* Clear the chunk if delete_ok and nothing left of interest */
    4835        6306 :         if (delete_ok && all_fired_in_chunk)
    4836             :         {
    4837         192 :             chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
    4838         192 :             chunk->endfree = chunk->endptr;
    4839             : 
    4840             :             /*
    4841             :              * If it's last chunk, must sync event list's tailfree too.  Note
    4842             :              * that delete_ok must NOT be passed as true if there could be
    4843             :              * additional AfterTriggerEventList values pointing at this event
    4844             :              * list, since we'd fail to fix their copies of tailfree.
    4845             :              */
    4846         192 :             if (chunk == events->tail)
    4847         192 :                 events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
    4848             :         }
    4849             :     }
    4850        6306 :     if (slot1 != NULL)
    4851             :     {
    4852          38 :         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
    4853          38 :         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
    4854             :     }
    4855             : 
    4856             :     /* Release working resources */
    4857        6306 :     MemoryContextDelete(per_tuple_context);
    4858             : 
    4859        6306 :     if (local_estate)
    4860             :     {
    4861         192 :         ExecCloseResultRelations(estate);
    4862         192 :         ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
    4863         192 :         FreeExecutorState(estate);
    4864             :     }
    4865             : 
    4866        6306 :     return all_fired;
    4867             : }
    4868             : 
    4869             : 
    4870             : /*
    4871             :  * GetAfterTriggersTableData
    4872             :  *
    4873             :  * Find or create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for the specified
    4874             :  * trigger event (relation + operation type).  Ignore existing structs
    4875             :  * marked "closed"; we don't want to put any additional tuples into them,
    4876             :  * nor change their stmt-triggers-fired state.
    4877             :  *
    4878             :  * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list is allocated in the current
    4879             :  * (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext.  This is OK because
    4880             :  * we don't need it to live past AfterTriggerEndQuery.
    4881             :  */
    4882             : static AfterTriggersTableData *
    4883        2194 : GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
    4884             : {
    4885             :     AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    4886             :     AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
    4887             :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4888             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4889             : 
    4890             :     /* Caller should have ensured query_depth is OK. */
    4891             :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0 &&
    4892             :            afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
    4893        2194 :     qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    4894             : 
    4895        2542 :     foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    4896             :     {
    4897        1438 :         table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
    4898        1438 :         if (table->relid == relid && table->cmdType == cmdType &&
    4899        1126 :             !table->closed)
    4900        1090 :             return table;
    4901             :     }
    4902             : 
    4903        1104 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    4904             : 
    4905        1104 :     table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) palloc0(sizeof(AfterTriggersTableData));
    4906        1104 :     table->relid = relid;
    4907        1104 :     table->cmdType = cmdType;
    4908        1104 :     qs->tables = lappend(qs->tables, table);
    4909             : 
    4910        1104 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    4911             : 
    4912        1104 :     return table;
    4913             : }
    4914             : 
    4915             : /*
    4916             :  * Returns a TupleTableSlot suitable for holding the tuples to be put
    4917             :  * into AfterTriggersTableData's transition table tuplestores.
    4918             :  */
    4919             : static TupleTableSlot *
    4920         294 : GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
    4921             :                           TupleDesc tupdesc)
    4922             : {
    4923             :     /* Create it if not already done. */
    4924         294 :     if (!table->storeslot)
    4925             :     {
    4926             :         MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4927             : 
    4928             :         /*
    4929             :          * We need this slot only until AfterTriggerEndQuery, but making it
    4930             :          * last till end-of-subxact is good enough.  It'll be freed by
    4931             :          * AfterTriggerFreeQuery().  However, the passed-in tupdesc might have
    4932             :          * a different lifespan, so we'd better make a copy of that.
    4933             :          */
    4934          84 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    4935          84 :         tupdesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(tupdesc);
    4936          84 :         table->storeslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual);
    4937          84 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    4938             :     }
    4939             : 
    4940         294 :     return table->storeslot;
    4941             : }
    4942             : 
    4943             : /*
    4944             :  * MakeTransitionCaptureState
    4945             :  *
    4946             :  * Make a TransitionCaptureState object for the given TriggerDesc, target
    4947             :  * relation, and operation type.  The TCS object holds all the state needed
    4948             :  * to decide whether to capture tuples in transition tables.
    4949             :  *
    4950             :  * If there are no triggers in 'trigdesc' that request relevant transition
    4951             :  * tables, then return NULL.
    4952             :  *
    4953             :  * The resulting object can be passed to the ExecAR* functions.  When
    4954             :  * dealing with child tables, the caller can set tcs_original_insert_tuple
    4955             :  * to avoid having to reconstruct the original tuple in the root table's
    4956             :  * format.
    4957             :  *
    4958             :  * Note that we copy the flags from a parent table into this struct (rather
    4959             :  * than subsequently using the relation's TriggerDesc directly) so that we can
    4960             :  * use it to control collection of transition tuples from child tables.
    4961             :  *
    4962             :  * Per SQL spec, all operations of the same kind (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE)
    4963             :  * on the same table during one query should share one transition table.
    4964             :  * Therefore, the Tuplestores are owned by an AfterTriggersTableData struct
    4965             :  * looked up using the table OID + CmdType, and are merely referenced by
    4966             :  * the TransitionCaptureState objects we hand out to callers.
    4967             :  */
    4968             : TransitionCaptureState *
    4969      119456 : MakeTransitionCaptureState(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
    4970             : {
    4971             :     TransitionCaptureState *state;
    4972             :     bool        need_old_upd,
    4973             :                 need_new_upd,
    4974             :                 need_old_del,
    4975             :                 need_new_ins;
    4976             :     AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    4977             :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
    4978             :     ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
    4979             : 
    4980      119456 :     if (trigdesc == NULL)
    4981      106898 :         return NULL;
    4982             : 
    4983             :     /* Detect which table(s) we need. */
    4984       12558 :     switch (cmdType)
    4985             :     {
    4986        6922 :         case CMD_INSERT:
    4987        6922 :             need_old_upd = need_old_del = need_new_upd = false;
    4988        6922 :             need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
    4989        6922 :             break;
    4990        3886 :         case CMD_UPDATE:
    4991        3886 :             need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
    4992        3886 :             need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
    4993        3886 :             need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
    4994        3886 :             break;
    4995        1426 :         case CMD_DELETE:
    4996        1426 :             need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
    4997        1426 :             need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_new_ins = false;
    4998        1426 :             break;
    4999         324 :         case CMD_MERGE:
    5000         324 :             need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
    5001         324 :             need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
    5002         324 :             need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
    5003         324 :             need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
    5004         324 :             break;
    5005           0 :         default:
    5006           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected CmdType: %d", (int) cmdType);
    5007             :             /* keep compiler quiet */
    5008             :             need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
    5009             :             break;
    5010             :     }
    5011       12558 :     if (!need_old_upd && !need_new_upd && !need_new_ins && !need_old_del)
    5012       11960 :         return NULL;
    5013             : 
    5014             :     /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    5015         598 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
    5016           0 :         elog(ERROR, "MakeTransitionCaptureState() called outside of query");
    5017             : 
    5018             :     /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    5019         598 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5020         454 :         AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
    5021             : 
    5022             :     /*
    5023             :      * Find or create an AfterTriggersTableData struct to hold the
    5024             :      * tuplestore(s).  If there's a matching struct but it's marked closed,
    5025             :      * ignore it; we need a newer one.
    5026             :      *
    5027             :      * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list, as well as the tuplestores, are
    5028             :      * allocated in the current (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext, and
    5029             :      * the tuplestores are managed by the (sub)transaction's resource owner.
    5030             :      * This is sufficient lifespan because we do not allow triggers using
    5031             :      * transition tables to be deferrable; they will be fired during
    5032             :      * AfterTriggerEndQuery, after which it's okay to delete the data.
    5033             :      */
    5034         598 :     table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
    5035             : 
    5036             :     /* Now create required tuplestore(s), if we don't have them already. */
    5037         598 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    5038         598 :     saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    5039         598 :     CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
    5040             : 
    5041         598 :     if (need_old_upd && table->old_upd_tuplestore == NULL)
    5042         172 :         table->old_upd_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5043         598 :     if (need_new_upd && table->new_upd_tuplestore == NULL)
    5044         184 :         table->new_upd_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5045         598 :     if (need_old_del && table->old_del_tuplestore == NULL)
    5046         142 :         table->old_del_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5047         598 :     if (need_new_ins && table->new_ins_tuplestore == NULL)
    5048         230 :         table->new_ins_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    5049             : 
    5050         598 :     CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
    5051         598 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    5052             : 
    5053             :     /* Now build the TransitionCaptureState struct, in caller's context */
    5054         598 :     state = (TransitionCaptureState *) palloc0(sizeof(TransitionCaptureState));
    5055         598 :     state->tcs_delete_old_table = need_old_del;
    5056         598 :     state->tcs_update_old_table = need_old_upd;
    5057         598 :     state->tcs_update_new_table = need_new_upd;
    5058         598 :     state->tcs_insert_new_table = need_new_ins;
    5059         598 :     state->tcs_private = table;
    5060             : 
    5061         598 :     return state;
    5062             : }
    5063             : 
    5064             : 
    5065             : /* ----------
    5066             :  * AfterTriggerBeginXact()
    5067             :  *
    5068             :  *  Called at transaction start (either BEGIN or implicit for single
    5069             :  *  statement outside of transaction block).
    5070             :  * ----------
    5071             :  */
    5072             : void
    5073     1064004 : AfterTriggerBeginXact(void)
    5074             : {
    5075             :     /*
    5076             :      * Initialize after-trigger state structure to empty
    5077             :      */
    5078     1064004 :     afterTriggers.firing_counter = (CommandId) 1;   /* mustn't be 0 */
    5079     1064004 :     afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
    5080             : 
    5081             :     /*
    5082             :      * Verify that there is no leftover state remaining.  If these assertions
    5083             :      * trip, it means that AfterTriggerEndXact wasn't called or didn't clean
    5084             :      * up properly.
    5085             :      */
    5086             :     Assert(afterTriggers.state == NULL);
    5087             :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_stack == NULL);
    5088             :     Assert(afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0);
    5089             :     Assert(afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL);
    5090             :     Assert(afterTriggers.events.head == NULL);
    5091             :     Assert(afterTriggers.trans_stack == NULL);
    5092             :     Assert(afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0);
    5093     1064004 : }
    5094             : 
    5095             : 
    5096             : /* ----------
    5097             :  * AfterTriggerBeginQuery()
    5098             :  *
    5099             :  *  Called just before we start processing a single query within a
    5100             :  *  transaction (or subtransaction).  Most of the real work gets deferred
    5101             :  *  until somebody actually tries to queue a trigger event.
    5102             :  * ----------
    5103             :  */
    5104             : void
    5105      416334 : AfterTriggerBeginQuery(void)
    5106             : {
    5107             :     /* Increase the query stack depth */
    5108      416334 :     afterTriggers.query_depth++;
    5109      416334 : }
    5110             : 
    5111             : 
    5112             : /* ----------
    5113             :  * AfterTriggerEndQuery()
    5114             :  *
    5115             :  *  Called after one query has been completely processed. At this time
    5116             :  *  we invoke all AFTER IMMEDIATE trigger events queued by the query, and
    5117             :  *  transfer deferred trigger events to the global deferred-trigger list.
    5118             :  *
    5119             :  *  Note that this must be called BEFORE closing down the executor
    5120             :  *  with ExecutorEnd, because we make use of the EState's info about
    5121             :  *  target relations.  Normally it is called from ExecutorFinish.
    5122             :  * ----------
    5123             :  */
    5124             : void
    5125      411816 : AfterTriggerEndQuery(EState *estate)
    5126             : {
    5127             :     AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
    5128             : 
    5129             :     /* Must be inside a query, too */
    5130             :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0);
    5131             : 
    5132             :     /*
    5133             :      * If we never even got as far as initializing the event stack, there
    5134             :      * certainly won't be any events, so exit quickly.
    5135             :      */
    5136      411816 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5137             :     {
    5138      403018 :         afterTriggers.query_depth--;
    5139      403018 :         return;
    5140             :     }
    5141             : 
    5142             :     /*
    5143             :      * Process all immediate-mode triggers queued by the query, and move the
    5144             :      * deferred ones to the main list of deferred events.
    5145             :      *
    5146             :      * Notice that we decide which ones will be fired, and put the deferred
    5147             :      * ones on the main list, before anything is actually fired.  This ensures
    5148             :      * reasonably sane behavior if a trigger function does SET CONSTRAINTS ...
    5149             :      * IMMEDIATE: all events we have decided to defer will be available for it
    5150             :      * to fire.
    5151             :      *
    5152             :      * We loop in case a trigger queues more events at the same query level.
    5153             :      * Ordinary trigger functions, including all PL/pgSQL trigger functions,
    5154             :      * will instead fire any triggers in a dedicated query level.  Foreign key
    5155             :      * enforcement triggers do add to the current query level, thanks to their
    5156             :      * passing fire_triggers = false to SPI_execute_snapshot().  Other
    5157             :      * C-language triggers might do likewise.
    5158             :      *
    5159             :      * If we find no firable events, we don't have to increment
    5160             :      * firing_counter.
    5161             :      */
    5162        8798 :     qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    5163             : 
    5164             :     for (;;)
    5165             :     {
    5166        9098 :         if (afterTriggerMarkEvents(&qs->events, &afterTriggers.events, true))
    5167             :         {
    5168        7202 :             CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
    5169        7202 :             AfterTriggerEventChunk *oldtail = qs->events.tail;
    5170             : 
    5171        7202 :             if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(&qs->events, firing_id, estate, false))
    5172        5814 :                 break;          /* all fired */
    5173             : 
    5174             :             /*
    5175             :              * Firing a trigger could result in query_stack being repalloc'd,
    5176             :              * so we must recalculate qs after each afterTriggerInvokeEvents
    5177             :              * call.  Furthermore, it's unsafe to pass delete_ok = true here,
    5178             :              * because that could cause afterTriggerInvokeEvents to try to
    5179             :              * access qs->events after the stack has been repalloc'd.
    5180             :              */
    5181         300 :             qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    5182             : 
    5183             :             /*
    5184             :              * We'll need to scan the events list again.  To reduce the cost
    5185             :              * of doing so, get rid of completely-fired chunks.  We know that
    5186             :              * all events were marked IN_PROGRESS or DONE at the conclusion of
    5187             :              * afterTriggerMarkEvents, so any still-interesting events must
    5188             :              * have been added after that, and so must be in the chunk that
    5189             :              * was then the tail chunk, or in later chunks.  So, zap all
    5190             :              * chunks before oldtail.  This is approximately the same set of
    5191             :              * events we would have gotten rid of by passing delete_ok = true.
    5192             :              */
    5193             :             Assert(oldtail != NULL);
    5194         300 :             while (qs->events.head != oldtail)
    5195           0 :                 afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(qs);
    5196             :         }
    5197             :         else
    5198        1884 :             break;
    5199             :     }
    5200             : 
    5201             :     /* Release query-level-local storage, including tuplestores if any */
    5202        7698 :     AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
    5203             : 
    5204        7698 :     afterTriggers.query_depth--;
    5205             : }
    5206             : 
    5207             : 
    5208             : /*
    5209             :  * AfterTriggerFreeQuery
    5210             :  *  Release subsidiary storage for a trigger query level.
    5211             :  *  This includes closing down tuplestores.
    5212             :  *  Note: it's important for this to be safe if interrupted by an error
    5213             :  *  and then called again for the same query level.
    5214             :  */
    5215             : static void
    5216        7728 : AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
    5217             : {
    5218             :     Tuplestorestate *ts;
    5219             :     List       *tables;
    5220             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5221             : 
    5222             :     /* Drop the trigger events */
    5223        7728 :     afterTriggerFreeEventList(&qs->events);
    5224             : 
    5225             :     /* Drop FDW tuplestore if any */
    5226        7728 :     ts = qs->fdw_tuplestore;
    5227        7728 :     qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    5228        7728 :     if (ts)
    5229          36 :         tuplestore_end(ts);
    5230             : 
    5231             :     /* Release per-table subsidiary storage */
    5232        7728 :     tables = qs->tables;
    5233        8758 :     foreach(lc, tables)
    5234             :     {
    5235        1030 :         AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
    5236             : 
    5237        1030 :         ts = table->old_upd_tuplestore;
    5238        1030 :         table->old_upd_tuplestore = NULL;
    5239        1030 :         if (ts)
    5240         156 :             tuplestore_end(ts);
    5241        1030 :         ts = table->new_upd_tuplestore;
    5242        1030 :         table->new_upd_tuplestore = NULL;
    5243        1030 :         if (ts)
    5244         162 :             tuplestore_end(ts);
    5245        1030 :         ts = table->old_del_tuplestore;
    5246        1030 :         table->old_del_tuplestore = NULL;
    5247        1030 :         if (ts)
    5248         126 :             tuplestore_end(ts);
    5249        1030 :         ts = table->new_ins_tuplestore;
    5250        1030 :         table->new_ins_tuplestore = NULL;
    5251        1030 :         if (ts)
    5252         210 :             tuplestore_end(ts);
    5253        1030 :         if (table->storeslot)
    5254             :         {
    5255          84 :             TupleTableSlot *slot = table->storeslot;
    5256             : 
    5257          84 :             table->storeslot = NULL;
    5258          84 :             ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
    5259             :         }
    5260             :     }
    5261             : 
    5262             :     /*
    5263             :      * Now free the AfterTriggersTableData structs and list cells.  Reset list
    5264             :      * pointer first; if list_free_deep somehow gets an error, better to leak
    5265             :      * that storage than have an infinite loop.
    5266             :      */
    5267        7728 :     qs->tables = NIL;
    5268        7728 :     list_free_deep(tables);
    5269        7728 : }
    5270             : 
    5271             : 
    5272             : /* ----------
    5273             :  * AfterTriggerFireDeferred()
    5274             :  *
    5275             :  *  Called just before the current transaction is committed. At this
    5276             :  *  time we invoke all pending DEFERRED triggers.
    5277             :  *
    5278             :  *  It is possible for other modules to queue additional deferred triggers
    5279             :  *  during pre-commit processing; therefore xact.c may have to call this
    5280             :  *  multiple times.
    5281             :  * ----------
    5282             :  */
    5283             : void
    5284     1026588 : AfterTriggerFireDeferred(void)
    5285             : {
    5286             :     AfterTriggerEventList *events;
    5287     1026588 :     bool        snap_pushed = false;
    5288             : 
    5289             :     /* Must not be inside a query */
    5290             :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth == -1);
    5291             : 
    5292             :     /*
    5293             :      * If there are any triggers to fire, make sure we have set a snapshot for
    5294             :      * them to use.  (Since PortalRunUtility doesn't set a snap for COMMIT, we
    5295             :      * can't assume ActiveSnapshot is valid on entry.)
    5296             :      */
    5297     1026588 :     events = &afterTriggers.events;
    5298     1026588 :     if (events->head != NULL)
    5299             :     {
    5300         346 :         PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
    5301         346 :         snap_pushed = true;
    5302             :     }
    5303             : 
    5304             :     /*
    5305             :      * Run all the remaining triggers.  Loop until they are all gone, in case
    5306             :      * some trigger queues more for us to do.
    5307             :      */
    5308     1026588 :     while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, false))
    5309             :     {
    5310         346 :         CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
    5311             : 
    5312         346 :         if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL, true))
    5313         192 :             break;              /* all fired */
    5314             :     }
    5315             : 
    5316             :     /*
    5317             :      * We don't bother freeing the event list, since it will go away anyway
    5318             :      * (and more efficiently than via pfree) in AfterTriggerEndXact.
    5319             :      */
    5320             : 
    5321     1026434 :     if (snap_pushed)
    5322         192 :         PopActiveSnapshot();
    5323     1026434 : }
    5324             : 
    5325             : 
    5326             : /* ----------
    5327             :  * AfterTriggerEndXact()
    5328             :  *
    5329             :  *  The current transaction is finishing.
    5330             :  *
    5331             :  *  Any unfired triggers are canceled so we simply throw
    5332             :  *  away anything we know.
    5333             :  *
    5334             :  *  Note: it is possible for this to be called repeatedly in case of
    5335             :  *  error during transaction abort; therefore, do not complain if
    5336             :  *  already closed down.
    5337             :  * ----------
    5338             :  */
    5339             : void
    5340     1064416 : AfterTriggerEndXact(bool isCommit)
    5341             : {
    5342             :     /*
    5343             :      * Forget the pending-events list.
    5344             :      *
    5345             :      * Since all the info is in TopTransactionContext or children thereof, we
    5346             :      * don't really need to do anything to reclaim memory.  However, the
    5347             :      * pending-events list could be large, and so it's useful to discard it as
    5348             :      * soon as possible --- especially if we are aborting because we ran out
    5349             :      * of memory for the list!
    5350             :      */
    5351     1064416 :     if (afterTriggers.event_cxt)
    5352             :     {
    5353        6572 :         MemoryContextDelete(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
    5354        6572 :         afterTriggers.event_cxt = NULL;
    5355        6572 :         afterTriggers.events.head = NULL;
    5356        6572 :         afterTriggers.events.tail = NULL;
    5357        6572 :         afterTriggers.events.tailfree = NULL;
    5358             :     }
    5359             : 
    5360             :     /*
    5361             :      * Forget any subtransaction state as well.  Since this can't be very
    5362             :      * large, we let the eventual reset of TopTransactionContext free the
    5363             :      * memory instead of doing it here.
    5364             :      */
    5365     1064416 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack = NULL;
    5366     1064416 :     afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 0;
    5367             : 
    5368             : 
    5369             :     /*
    5370             :      * Forget the query stack and constraint-related state information.  As
    5371             :      * with the subtransaction state information, we don't bother freeing the
    5372             :      * memory here.
    5373             :      */
    5374     1064416 :     afterTriggers.query_stack = NULL;
    5375     1064416 :     afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = 0;
    5376     1064416 :     afterTriggers.state = NULL;
    5377             : 
    5378             :     /* No more afterTriggers manipulation until next transaction starts. */
    5379     1064416 :     afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
    5380     1064416 : }
    5381             : 
    5382             : /*
    5383             :  * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact()
    5384             :  *
    5385             :  *  Start a subtransaction.
    5386             :  */
    5387             : void
    5388       20044 : AfterTriggerBeginSubXact(void)
    5389             : {
    5390       20044 :     int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    5391             : 
    5392             :     /*
    5393             :      * Allocate more space in the trans_stack if needed.  (Note: because the
    5394             :      * minimum nest level of a subtransaction is 2, we waste the first couple
    5395             :      * entries of the array; not worth the notational effort to avoid it.)
    5396             :      */
    5397       22786 :     while (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
    5398             :     {
    5399        2742 :         if (afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0)
    5400             :         {
    5401             :             /* Arbitrarily initialize for max of 8 subtransaction levels */
    5402        2658 :             afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
    5403        2658 :                 MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
    5404             :                                    8 * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
    5405        2658 :             afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 8;
    5406             :         }
    5407             :         else
    5408             :         {
    5409             :             /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
    5410          84 :             int         new_alloc = afterTriggers.maxtransdepth * 2;
    5411             : 
    5412          84 :             afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
    5413          84 :                 repalloc(afterTriggers.trans_stack,
    5414             :                          new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
    5415          84 :             afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = new_alloc;
    5416             :         }
    5417             :     }
    5418             : 
    5419             :     /*
    5420             :      * Push the current information into the stack.  The SET CONSTRAINTS state
    5421             :      * is not saved until/unless changed.  Likewise, we don't make a
    5422             :      * per-subtransaction event context until needed.
    5423             :      */
    5424       20044 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    5425       20044 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events = afterTriggers.events;
    5426       20044 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth = afterTriggers.query_depth;
    5427       20044 :     afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
    5428       20044 : }
    5429             : 
    5430             : /*
    5431             :  * AfterTriggerEndSubXact()
    5432             :  *
    5433             :  *  The current subtransaction is ending.
    5434             :  */
    5435             : void
    5436       20044 : AfterTriggerEndSubXact(bool isCommit)
    5437             : {
    5438       20044 :     int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    5439             :     SetConstraintState state;
    5440             :     AfterTriggerEvent event;
    5441             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    5442             :     CommandId   subxact_firing_id;
    5443             : 
    5444             :     /*
    5445             :      * Pop the prior state if needed.
    5446             :      */
    5447       20044 :     if (isCommit)
    5448             :     {
    5449             :         Assert(my_level < afterTriggers.maxtransdepth);
    5450             :         /* If we saved a prior state, we don't need it anymore */
    5451       10676 :         state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
    5452       10676 :         if (state != NULL)
    5453           6 :             pfree(state);
    5454             :         /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
    5455       10676 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    5456             :         Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
    5457             :                afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
    5458             :     }
    5459             :     else
    5460             :     {
    5461             :         /*
    5462             :          * Aborting.  It is possible subxact start failed before calling
    5463             :          * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact, in which case we mustn't risk touching
    5464             :          * trans_stack levels that aren't there.
    5465             :          */
    5466        9368 :         if (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
    5467           0 :             return;
    5468             : 
    5469             :         /*
    5470             :          * Release query-level storage for queries being aborted, and restore
    5471             :          * query_depth to its pre-subxact value.  This assumes that a
    5472             :          * subtransaction will not add events to query levels started in a
    5473             :          * earlier transaction state.
    5474             :          */
    5475        9462 :         while (afterTriggers.query_depth > afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth)
    5476             :         {
    5477          94 :             if (afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5478          30 :                 AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
    5479          94 :             afterTriggers.query_depth--;
    5480             :         }
    5481             :         Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
    5482             :                afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
    5483             : 
    5484             :         /*
    5485             :          * Restore the global deferred-event list to its former length,
    5486             :          * discarding any events queued by the subxact.
    5487             :          */
    5488        9368 :         afterTriggerRestoreEventList(&afterTriggers.events,
    5489        9368 :                                      &afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events);
    5490             : 
    5491             :         /*
    5492             :          * Restore the trigger state.  If the saved state is NULL, then this
    5493             :          * subxact didn't save it, so it doesn't need restoring.
    5494             :          */
    5495        9368 :         state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
    5496        9368 :         if (state != NULL)
    5497             :         {
    5498           4 :             pfree(afterTriggers.state);
    5499           4 :             afterTriggers.state = state;
    5500             :         }
    5501             :         /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
    5502        9368 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    5503             : 
    5504             :         /*
    5505             :          * Scan for any remaining deferred events that were marked DONE or IN
    5506             :          * PROGRESS by this subxact or a child, and un-mark them. We can
    5507             :          * recognize such events because they have a firing ID greater than or
    5508             :          * equal to the firing_counter value we saved at subtransaction start.
    5509             :          * (This essentially assumes that the current subxact includes all
    5510             :          * subxacts started after it.)
    5511             :          */
    5512        9368 :         subxact_firing_id = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter;
    5513        9412 :         for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
    5514             :         {
    5515          22 :             AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    5516             : 
    5517          22 :             if (event->ate_flags &
    5518             :                 (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS))
    5519             :             {
    5520           4 :                 if (evtshared->ats_firing_id >= subxact_firing_id)
    5521           4 :                     event->ate_flags &=
    5522             :                         ~(AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS);
    5523             :             }
    5524             :         }
    5525             :     }
    5526             : }
    5527             : 
    5528             : /*
    5529             :  * Get the transition table for the given event and depending on whether we are
    5530             :  * processing the old or the new tuple.
    5531             :  */
    5532             : static Tuplestorestate *
    5533       66126 : GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
    5534             :                                 TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
    5535             :                                 TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    5536             :                                 TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
    5537             : {
    5538       66126 :     Tuplestorestate *tuplestore = NULL;
    5539       66126 :     bool        delete_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table;
    5540       66126 :     bool        update_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table;
    5541       66126 :     bool        update_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table;
    5542       66126 :     bool        insert_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table;
    5543             : 
    5544             :     /*
    5545             :      * For INSERT events NEW should be non-NULL, for DELETE events OLD should
    5546             :      * be non-NULL, whereas for UPDATE events normally both OLD and NEW are
    5547             :      * non-NULL.  But for UPDATE events fired for capturing transition tuples
    5548             :      * during UPDATE partition-key row movement, OLD is NULL when the event is
    5549             :      * for a row being inserted, whereas NEW is NULL when the event is for a
    5550             :      * row being deleted.
    5551             :      */
    5552             :     Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table &&
    5553             :              TupIsNull(oldslot)));
    5554             :     Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table &&
    5555             :              TupIsNull(newslot)));
    5556             : 
    5557       66126 :     if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
    5558             :     {
    5559             :         Assert(TupIsNull(newslot));
    5560        5412 :         if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table)
    5561        5052 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_private->old_del_tuplestore;
    5562         360 :         else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_old_table)
    5563         336 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_private->old_upd_tuplestore;
    5564             :     }
    5565       60714 :     else if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
    5566             :     {
    5567             :         Assert(TupIsNull(oldslot));
    5568       60714 :         if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table)
    5569       60354 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_private->new_ins_tuplestore;
    5570         360 :         else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_new_table)
    5571         354 :             tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_private->new_upd_tuplestore;
    5572             :     }
    5573             : 
    5574       66126 :     return tuplestore;
    5575             : }
    5576             : 
    5577             : /*
    5578             :  * Add the given heap tuple to the given tuplestore, applying the conversion
    5579             :  * map if necessary.
    5580             :  *
    5581             :  * If original_insert_tuple is given, we can add that tuple without conversion.
    5582             :  */
    5583             : static void
    5584       66126 : TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
    5585             :                         TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    5586             :                         ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    5587             :                         TupleTableSlot *slot,
    5588             :                         TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
    5589             :                         Tuplestorestate *tuplestore)
    5590             : {
    5591             :     TupleConversionMap *map;
    5592             : 
    5593             :     /*
    5594             :      * Nothing needs to be done if we don't have a tuplestore.
    5595             :      */
    5596       66126 :     if (tuplestore == NULL)
    5597          30 :         return;
    5598             : 
    5599       66096 :     if (original_insert_tuple)
    5600         144 :         tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, original_insert_tuple);
    5601       65952 :     else if ((map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(relinfo)) != NULL)
    5602             :     {
    5603         294 :         AfterTriggersTableData *table = transition_capture->tcs_private;
    5604             :         TupleTableSlot *storeslot;
    5605             : 
    5606         294 :         storeslot = GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(table, map->outdesc);
    5607         294 :         execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap, slot, storeslot);
    5608         294 :         tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, storeslot);
    5609             :     }
    5610             :     else
    5611       65658 :         tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, slot);
    5612             : }
    5613             : 
    5614             : /* ----------
    5615             :  * AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState()
    5616             :  *
    5617             :  *  Prepare the necessary state so that we can record AFTER trigger events
    5618             :  *  queued by a query.  It is allowed to have nested queries within a
    5619             :  *  (sub)transaction, so we need to have separate state for each query
    5620             :  *  nesting level.
    5621             :  * ----------
    5622             :  */
    5623             : static void
    5624        6942 : AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void)
    5625             : {
    5626        6942 :     int         init_depth = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
    5627             : 
    5628             :     Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
    5629             : 
    5630        6942 :     if (afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0)
    5631             :     {
    5632        6942 :         int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1, 8);
    5633             : 
    5634        6942 :         afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
    5635        6942 :             MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
    5636             :                                new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
    5637        6942 :         afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    5638             :     }
    5639             :     else
    5640             :     {
    5641             :         /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
    5642           0 :         int         old_alloc = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
    5643           0 :         int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1,
    5644             :                                     old_alloc * 2);
    5645             : 
    5646           0 :         afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
    5647           0 :             repalloc(afterTriggers.query_stack,
    5648             :                      new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
    5649           0 :         afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    5650             :     }
    5651             : 
    5652             :     /* Initialize new array entries to empty */
    5653       62478 :     while (init_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    5654             :     {
    5655       55536 :         AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[init_depth];
    5656             : 
    5657       55536 :         qs->events.head = NULL;
    5658       55536 :         qs->events.tail = NULL;
    5659       55536 :         qs->events.tailfree = NULL;
    5660       55536 :         qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    5661       55536 :         qs->tables = NIL;
    5662             : 
    5663       55536 :         ++init_depth;
    5664             :     }
    5665        6942 : }
    5666             : 
    5667             : /*
    5668             :  * Create an empty SetConstraintState with room for numalloc trigstates
    5669             :  */
    5670             : static SetConstraintState
    5671          96 : SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc)
    5672             : {
    5673             :     SetConstraintState state;
    5674             : 
    5675             :     /* Behave sanely with numalloc == 0 */
    5676          96 :     if (numalloc <= 0)
    5677          10 :         numalloc = 1;
    5678             : 
    5679             :     /*
    5680             :      * We assume that zeroing will correctly initialize the state values.
    5681             :      */
    5682             :     state = (SetConstraintState)
    5683          96 :         MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
    5684             :                                offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
    5685          96 :                                numalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
    5686             : 
    5687          96 :     state->numalloc = numalloc;
    5688             : 
    5689          96 :     return state;
    5690             : }
    5691             : 
    5692             : /*
    5693             :  * Copy a SetConstraintState
    5694             :  */
    5695             : static SetConstraintState
    5696          10 : SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate)
    5697             : {
    5698             :     SetConstraintState state;
    5699             : 
    5700          10 :     state = SetConstraintStateCreate(origstate->numstates);
    5701             : 
    5702          10 :     state->all_isset = origstate->all_isset;
    5703          10 :     state->all_isdeferred = origstate->all_isdeferred;
    5704          10 :     state->numstates = origstate->numstates;
    5705          10 :     memcpy(state->trigstates, origstate->trigstates,
    5706          10 :            origstate->numstates * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
    5707             : 
    5708          10 :     return state;
    5709             : }
    5710             : 
    5711             : /*
    5712             :  * Add a per-trigger item to a SetConstraintState.  Returns possibly-changed
    5713             :  * pointer to the state object (it will change if we have to repalloc).
    5714             :  */
    5715             : static SetConstraintState
    5716         342 : SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
    5717             :                           Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred)
    5718             : {
    5719         342 :     if (state->numstates >= state->numalloc)
    5720             :     {
    5721          30 :         int         newalloc = state->numalloc * 2;
    5722             : 
    5723          30 :         newalloc = Max(newalloc, 8);    /* in case original has size 0 */
    5724             :         state = (SetConstraintState)
    5725          30 :             repalloc(state,
    5726             :                      offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
    5727          30 :                      newalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
    5728          30 :         state->numalloc = newalloc;
    5729             :         Assert(state->numstates < state->numalloc);
    5730             :     }
    5731             : 
    5732         342 :     state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgoid = tgoid;
    5733         342 :     state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgisdeferred = tgisdeferred;
    5734         342 :     state->numstates++;
    5735             : 
    5736         342 :     return state;
    5737             : }
    5738             : 
    5739             : /* ----------
    5740             :  * AfterTriggerSetState()
    5741             :  *
    5742             :  *  Execute the SET CONSTRAINTS ... utility command.
    5743             :  * ----------
    5744             :  */
    5745             : void
    5746         102 : AfterTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
    5747             : {
    5748         102 :     int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    5749             : 
    5750             :     /* If we haven't already done so, initialize our state. */
    5751         102 :     if (afterTriggers.state == NULL)
    5752          86 :         afterTriggers.state = SetConstraintStateCreate(8);
    5753             : 
    5754             :     /*
    5755             :      * If in a subtransaction, and we didn't save the current state already,
    5756             :      * save it so it can be restored if the subtransaction aborts.
    5757             :      */
    5758         102 :     if (my_level > 1 &&
    5759          10 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state == NULL)
    5760             :     {
    5761          10 :         afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state =
    5762          10 :             SetConstraintStateCopy(afterTriggers.state);
    5763             :     }
    5764             : 
    5765             :     /*
    5766             :      * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS ALL ...
    5767             :      */
    5768         102 :     if (stmt->constraints == NIL)
    5769             :     {
    5770             :         /*
    5771             :          * Forget any previous SET CONSTRAINTS commands in this transaction.
    5772             :          */
    5773          54 :         afterTriggers.state->numstates = 0;
    5774             : 
    5775             :         /*
    5776             :          * Set the per-transaction ALL state to known.
    5777             :          */
    5778          54 :         afterTriggers.state->all_isset = true;
    5779          54 :         afterTriggers.state->all_isdeferred = stmt->deferred;
    5780             :     }
    5781             :     else
    5782             :     {
    5783             :         Relation    conrel;
    5784             :         Relation    tgrel;
    5785          48 :         List       *conoidlist = NIL;
    5786          48 :         List       *tgoidlist = NIL;
    5787             :         ListCell   *lc;
    5788             : 
    5789             :         /*
    5790             :          * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS constraint-name [, ...]
    5791             :          *
    5792             :          * First, identify all the named constraints and make a list of their
    5793             :          * OIDs.  Since, unlike the SQL spec, we allow multiple constraints of
    5794             :          * the same name within a schema, the specifications are not
    5795             :          * necessarily unique.  Our strategy is to target all matching
    5796             :          * constraints within the first search-path schema that has any
    5797             :          * matches, but disregard matches in schemas beyond the first match.
    5798             :          * (This is a bit odd but it's the historical behavior.)
    5799             :          *
    5800             :          * A constraint in a partitioned table may have corresponding
    5801             :          * constraints in the partitions.  Grab those too.
    5802             :          */
    5803          48 :         conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    5804             : 
    5805          96 :         foreach(lc, stmt->constraints)
    5806             :         {
    5807          48 :             RangeVar   *constraint = lfirst(lc);
    5808             :             bool        found;
    5809             :             List       *namespacelist;
    5810             :             ListCell   *nslc;
    5811             : 
    5812          48 :             if (constraint->catalogname)
    5813             :             {
    5814           0 :                 if (strcmp(constraint->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
    5815           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    5816             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    5817             :                              errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented: \"%s.%s.%s\"",
    5818             :                                     constraint->catalogname, constraint->schemaname,
    5819             :                                     constraint->relname)));
    5820             :             }
    5821             : 
    5822             :             /*
    5823             :              * If we're given the schema name with the constraint, look only
    5824             :              * in that schema.  If given a bare constraint name, use the
    5825             :              * search path to find the first matching constraint.
    5826             :              */
    5827          48 :             if (constraint->schemaname)
    5828             :             {
    5829          12 :                 Oid         namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(constraint->schemaname,
    5830             :                                                                   false);
    5831             : 
    5832          12 :                 namespacelist = list_make1_oid(namespaceId);
    5833             :             }
    5834             :             else
    5835             :             {
    5836          36 :                 namespacelist = fetch_search_path(true);
    5837             :             }
    5838             : 
    5839          48 :             found = false;
    5840         120 :             foreach(nslc, namespacelist)
    5841             :             {
    5842         120 :                 Oid         namespaceId = lfirst_oid(nslc);
    5843             :                 SysScanDesc conscan;
    5844             :                 ScanKeyData skey[2];
    5845             :                 HeapTuple   tup;
    5846             : 
    5847         120 :                 ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
    5848             :                             Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
    5849             :                             BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
    5850         120 :                             CStringGetDatum(constraint->relname));
    5851         120 :                 ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
    5852             :                             Anum_pg_constraint_connamespace,
    5853             :                             BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    5854             :                             ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
    5855             : 
    5856         120 :                 conscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintNameNspIndexId,
    5857             :                                              true, NULL, 2, skey);
    5858             : 
    5859         216 :                 while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(conscan)))
    5860             :                 {
    5861          96 :                     Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup);
    5862             : 
    5863          96 :                     if (con->condeferrable)
    5864          96 :                         conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
    5865           0 :                     else if (stmt->deferred)
    5866           0 :                         ereport(ERROR,
    5867             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    5868             :                                  errmsg("constraint \"%s\" is not deferrable",
    5869             :                                         constraint->relname)));
    5870          96 :                     found = true;
    5871             :                 }
    5872             : 
    5873         120 :                 systable_endscan(conscan);
    5874             : 
    5875             :                 /*
    5876             :                  * Once we've found a matching constraint we do not search
    5877             :                  * later parts of the search path.
    5878             :                  */
    5879         120 :                 if (found)
    5880          48 :                     break;
    5881             :             }
    5882             : 
    5883          48 :             list_free(namespacelist);
    5884             : 
    5885             :             /*
    5886             :              * Not found ?
    5887             :              */
    5888          48 :             if (!found)
    5889           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    5890             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    5891             :                          errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist",
    5892             :                                 constraint->relname)));
    5893             :         }
    5894             : 
    5895             :         /*
    5896             :          * Scan for any possible descendants of the constraints.  We append
    5897             :          * whatever we find to the same list that we're scanning; this has the
    5898             :          * effect that we create new scans for those, too, so if there are
    5899             :          * further descendents, we'll also catch them.
    5900             :          */
    5901         258 :         foreach(lc, conoidlist)
    5902             :         {
    5903         210 :             Oid         parent = lfirst_oid(lc);
    5904             :             ScanKeyData key;
    5905             :             SysScanDesc scan;
    5906             :             HeapTuple   tuple;
    5907             : 
    5908         210 :             ScanKeyInit(&key,
    5909             :                         Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
    5910             :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    5911             :                         ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
    5912             : 
    5913         210 :             scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key);
    5914             : 
    5915         324 :             while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
    5916             :             {
    5917         114 :                 Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    5918             : 
    5919         114 :                 conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
    5920             :             }
    5921             : 
    5922         210 :             systable_endscan(scan);
    5923             :         }
    5924             : 
    5925          48 :         table_close(conrel, AccessShareLock);
    5926             : 
    5927             :         /*
    5928             :          * Now, locate the trigger(s) implementing each of these constraints,
    5929             :          * and make a list of their OIDs.
    5930             :          */
    5931          48 :         tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    5932             : 
    5933         258 :         foreach(lc, conoidlist)
    5934             :         {
    5935         210 :             Oid         conoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
    5936             :             ScanKeyData skey;
    5937             :             SysScanDesc tgscan;
    5938             :             HeapTuple   htup;
    5939             : 
    5940         210 :             ScanKeyInit(&skey,
    5941             :                         Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
    5942             :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    5943             :                         ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
    5944             : 
    5945         210 :             tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
    5946             :                                         NULL, 1, &skey);
    5947             : 
    5948         858 :             while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    5949             :             {
    5950         438 :                 Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
    5951             : 
    5952             :                 /*
    5953             :                  * Silently skip triggers that are marked as non-deferrable in
    5954             :                  * pg_trigger.  This is not an error condition, since a
    5955             :                  * deferrable RI constraint may have some non-deferrable
    5956             :                  * actions.
    5957             :                  */
    5958         438 :                 if (pg_trigger->tgdeferrable)
    5959         438 :                     tgoidlist = lappend_oid(tgoidlist, pg_trigger->oid);
    5960             :             }
    5961             : 
    5962         210 :             systable_endscan(tgscan);
    5963             :         }
    5964             : 
    5965          48 :         table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
    5966             : 
    5967             :         /*
    5968             :          * Now we can set the trigger states of individual triggers for this
    5969             :          * xact.
    5970             :          */
    5971         486 :         foreach(lc, tgoidlist)
    5972             :         {
    5973         438 :             Oid         tgoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
    5974         438 :             SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
    5975         438 :             bool        found = false;
    5976             :             int         i;
    5977             : 
    5978        2448 :             for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
    5979             :             {
    5980        2106 :                 if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
    5981             :                 {
    5982          96 :                     state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred = stmt->deferred;
    5983          96 :                     found = true;
    5984          96 :                     break;
    5985             :                 }
    5986             :             }
    5987         438 :             if (!found)
    5988             :             {
    5989         342 :                 afterTriggers.state =
    5990         342 :                     SetConstraintStateAddItem(state, tgoid, stmt->deferred);
    5991             :             }
    5992             :         }
    5993             :     }
    5994             : 
    5995             :     /*
    5996             :      * SQL99 requires that when a constraint is set to IMMEDIATE, any deferred
    5997             :      * checks against that constraint must be made when the SET CONSTRAINTS
    5998             :      * command is executed -- i.e. the effects of the SET CONSTRAINTS command
    5999             :      * apply retroactively.  We've updated the constraints state, so scan the
    6000             :      * list of previously deferred events to fire any that have now become
    6001             :      * immediate.
    6002             :      *
    6003             :      * Obviously, if this was SET ... DEFERRED then it can't have converted
    6004             :      * any unfired events to immediate, so we need do nothing in that case.
    6005             :      */
    6006         102 :     if (!stmt->deferred)
    6007             :     {
    6008          34 :         AfterTriggerEventList *events = &afterTriggers.events;
    6009          34 :         bool        snapshot_set = false;
    6010             : 
    6011          34 :         while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, true))
    6012             :         {
    6013          16 :             CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
    6014             : 
    6015             :             /*
    6016             :              * Make sure a snapshot has been established in case trigger
    6017             :              * functions need one.  Note that we avoid setting a snapshot if
    6018             :              * we don't find at least one trigger that has to be fired now.
    6019             :              * This is so that BEGIN; SET CONSTRAINTS ...; SET TRANSACTION
    6020             :              * ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE; ... works properly.  (If we are
    6021             :              * at the start of a transaction it's not possible for any trigger
    6022             :              * events to be queued yet.)
    6023             :              */
    6024          16 :             if (!snapshot_set)
    6025             :             {
    6026          16 :                 PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
    6027          16 :                 snapshot_set = true;
    6028             :             }
    6029             : 
    6030             :             /*
    6031             :              * We can delete fired events if we are at top transaction level,
    6032             :              * but we'd better not if inside a subtransaction, since the
    6033             :              * subtransaction could later get rolled back.
    6034             :              */
    6035           0 :             if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL,
    6036          16 :                                          !IsSubTransaction()))
    6037           0 :                 break;          /* all fired */
    6038             :         }
    6039             : 
    6040          18 :         if (snapshot_set)
    6041           0 :             PopActiveSnapshot();
    6042             :     }
    6043          86 : }
    6044             : 
    6045             : /* ----------
    6046             :  * AfterTriggerPendingOnRel()
    6047             :  *      Test to see if there are any pending after-trigger events for rel.
    6048             :  *
    6049             :  * This is used by TRUNCATE, CLUSTER, ALTER TABLE, etc to detect whether
    6050             :  * it is unsafe to perform major surgery on a relation.  Note that only
    6051             :  * local pending events are examined.  We assume that having exclusive lock
    6052             :  * on a rel guarantees there are no unserviced events in other backends ---
    6053             :  * but having a lock does not prevent there being such events in our own.
    6054             :  *
    6055             :  * In some scenarios it'd be reasonable to remove pending events (more
    6056             :  * specifically, mark them DONE by the current subxact) but without a lot
    6057             :  * of knowledge of the trigger semantics we can't do this in general.
    6058             :  * ----------
    6059             :  */
    6060             : bool
    6061      135846 : AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(Oid relid)
    6062             : {
    6063             :     AfterTriggerEvent event;
    6064             :     AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    6065             :     int         depth;
    6066             : 
    6067             :     /* Scan queued events */
    6068      135882 :     for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
    6069             :     {
    6070          36 :         AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    6071             : 
    6072             :         /*
    6073             :          * We can ignore completed events.  (Even if a DONE flag is rolled
    6074             :          * back by subxact abort, it's OK because the effects of the TRUNCATE
    6075             :          * or whatever must get rolled back too.)
    6076             :          */
    6077          36 :         if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
    6078           0 :             continue;
    6079             : 
    6080          36 :         if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
    6081          18 :             return true;
    6082             :     }
    6083             : 
    6084             :     /*
    6085             :      * Also scan events queued by incomplete queries.  This could only matter
    6086             :      * if TRUNCATE/etc is executed by a function or trigger within an updating
    6087             :      * query on the same relation, which is pretty perverse, but let's check.
    6088             :      */
    6089      135828 :     for (depth = 0; depth <= afterTriggers.query_depth && depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth; depth++)
    6090             :     {
    6091           0 :         for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.query_stack[depth].events)
    6092             :         {
    6093           0 :             AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    6094             : 
    6095           0 :             if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
    6096           0 :                 continue;
    6097             : 
    6098           0 :             if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
    6099           0 :                 return true;
    6100             :         }
    6101             :     }
    6102             : 
    6103      135828 :     return false;
    6104             : }
    6105             : 
    6106             : /* ----------
    6107             :  * AfterTriggerSaveEvent()
    6108             :  *
    6109             :  *  Called by ExecA[RS]...Triggers() to queue up the triggers that should
    6110             :  *  be fired for an event.
    6111             :  *
    6112             :  *  NOTE: this is called whenever there are any triggers associated with
    6113             :  *  the event (even if they are disabled).  This function decides which
    6114             :  *  triggers actually need to be queued.  It is also called after each row,
    6115             :  *  even if there are no triggers for that event, if there are any AFTER
    6116             :  *  STATEMENT triggers for the statement which use transition tables, so that
    6117             :  *  the transition tuplestores can be built.  Furthermore, if the transition
    6118             :  *  capture is happening for UPDATEd rows being moved to another partition due
    6119             :  *  to the partition-key being changed, then this function is called once when
    6120             :  *  the row is deleted (to capture OLD row), and once when the row is inserted
    6121             :  *  into another partition (to capture NEW row).  This is done separately because
    6122             :  *  DELETE and INSERT happen on different tables.
    6123             :  *
    6124             :  *  Transition tuplestores are built now, rather than when events are pulled
    6125             :  *  off of the queue because AFTER ROW triggers are allowed to select from the
    6126             :  *  transition tables for the statement.
    6127             :  *
    6128             :  *  This contains special support to queue the update events for the case where
    6129             :  *  a partitioned table undergoing a cross-partition update may have foreign
    6130             :  *  keys pointing into it.  Normally, a partitioned table's row triggers are
    6131             :  *  not fired because the leaf partition(s) which are modified as a result of
    6132             :  *  the operation on the partitioned table contain the same triggers which are
    6133             :  *  fired instead. But that general scheme can cause problematic behavior with
    6134             :  *  foreign key triggers during cross-partition updates, which are implemented
    6135             :  *  as DELETE on the source partition followed by INSERT into the destination
    6136             :  *  partition.  Specifically, firing DELETE triggers would lead to the wrong
    6137             :  *  foreign key action to be enforced considering that the original command is
    6138             :  *  UPDATE; in this case, this function is called with relinfo as the
    6139             :  *  partitioned table, and src_partinfo and dst_partinfo referring to the
    6140             :  *  source and target leaf partitions, respectively.
    6141             :  *
    6142             :  *  is_crosspart_update is true either when a DELETE event is fired on the
    6143             :  *  source partition (which is to be ignored) or an UPDATE event is fired on
    6144             :  *  the root partitioned table.
    6145             :  * ----------
    6146             :  */
    6147             : static void
    6148       76642 : AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
    6149             :                       ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
    6150             :                       ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
    6151             :                       int event, bool row_trigger,
    6152             :                       TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
    6153             :                       List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
    6154             :                       TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
    6155             :                       bool is_crosspart_update)
    6156             : {
    6157       76642 :     Relation    rel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    6158       76642 :     TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    6159             :     AfterTriggerEventData new_event;
    6160             :     AfterTriggerSharedData new_shared;
    6161       76642 :     char        relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind;
    6162             :     int         tgtype_event;
    6163             :     int         tgtype_level;
    6164             :     int         i;
    6165       76642 :     Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    6166             : 
    6167             :     /*
    6168             :      * Check state.  We use a normal test not Assert because it is possible to
    6169             :      * reach here in the wrong state given misconfigured RI triggers, in
    6170             :      * particular deferring a cascade action trigger.
    6171             :      */
    6172       76642 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
    6173           0 :         elog(ERROR, "AfterTriggerSaveEvent() called outside of query");
    6174             : 
    6175             :     /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    6176       76642 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    6177        6152 :         AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
    6178             : 
    6179             :     /*
    6180             :      * If the directly named relation has any triggers with transition tables,
    6181             :      * then we need to capture transition tuples.
    6182             :      */
    6183       76642 :     if (row_trigger && transition_capture != NULL)
    6184             :     {
    6185       65814 :         TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple = transition_capture->tcs_original_insert_tuple;
    6186             : 
    6187             :         /*
    6188             :          * Capture the old tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
    6189             :          * the event.
    6190             :          */
    6191       65814 :         if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
    6192             :         {
    6193             :             Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
    6194             : 
    6195        5412 :             old_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
    6196             :                                                              oldslot,
    6197             :                                                              NULL,
    6198             :                                                              transition_capture);
    6199        5412 :             TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, transition_capture, relinfo,
    6200             :                                     oldslot, NULL, old_tuplestore);
    6201             :         }
    6202             : 
    6203             :         /*
    6204             :          * Capture the new tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
    6205             :          * the event.
    6206             :          */
    6207       65814 :         if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
    6208             :         {
    6209             :             Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
    6210             : 
    6211       60714 :             new_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
    6212             :                                                              NULL,
    6213             :                                                              newslot,
    6214             :                                                              transition_capture);
    6215       60714 :             TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, transition_capture, relinfo,
    6216             :                                     newslot, original_insert_tuple, new_tuplestore);
    6217             :         }
    6218             : 
    6219             :         /*
    6220             :          * If transition tables are the only reason we're here, return. As
    6221             :          * mentioned above, we can also be here during update tuple routing in
    6222             :          * presence of transition tables, in which case this function is
    6223             :          * called separately for OLD and NEW, so we expect exactly one of them
    6224             :          * to be NULL.
    6225             :          */
    6226       65814 :         if (trigdesc == NULL ||
    6227       65574 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && !trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
    6228       60594 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && !trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
    6229         354 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && !trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
    6230          36 :             (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && (TupIsNull(oldslot) ^ TupIsNull(newslot))))
    6231       65700 :             return;
    6232             :     }
    6233             : 
    6234             :     /*
    6235             :      * We normally don't see partitioned tables here for row level triggers
    6236             :      * except in the special case of a cross-partition update.  In that case,
    6237             :      * nodeModifyTable.c:ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey() calls here to
    6238             :      * queue an update event on the root target partitioned table, also
    6239             :      * passing the source and destination partitions and their tuples.
    6240             :      */
    6241             :     Assert(!row_trigger ||
    6242             :            rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
    6243             :            (is_crosspart_update &&
    6244             :             TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) &&
    6245             :             src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL));
    6246             : 
    6247             :     /*
    6248             :      * Validate the event code and collect the associated tuple CTIDs.
    6249             :      *
    6250             :      * The event code will be used both as a bitmask and an array offset, so
    6251             :      * validation is important to make sure we don't walk off the edge of our
    6252             :      * arrays.
    6253             :      *
    6254             :      * Also, if we're considering statement-level triggers, check whether we
    6255             :      * already queued a set of them for this event, and cancel the prior set
    6256             :      * if so.  This preserves the behavior that statement-level triggers fire
    6257             :      * just once per statement and fire after row-level triggers.
    6258             :      */
    6259       10942 :     switch (event)
    6260             :     {
    6261        5770 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
    6262        5770 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
    6263        5770 :             if (row_trigger)
    6264             :             {
    6265             :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6266             :                 Assert(newslot != NULL);
    6267        5328 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6268        5328 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6269             :             }
    6270             :             else
    6271             :             {
    6272             :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6273             :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6274         442 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6275         442 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6276         442 :                 cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    6277             :                                            CMD_INSERT, event);
    6278             :             }
    6279        5770 :             break;
    6280        1406 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
    6281        1406 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
    6282        1406 :             if (row_trigger)
    6283             :             {
    6284             :                 Assert(oldslot != NULL);
    6285             :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6286        1170 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6287        1170 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6288             :             }
    6289             :             else
    6290             :             {
    6291             :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6292             :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6293         236 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6294         236 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6295         236 :                 cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    6296             :                                            CMD_DELETE, event);
    6297             :             }
    6298        1406 :             break;
    6299        3758 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
    6300        3758 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
    6301        3758 :             if (row_trigger)
    6302             :             {
    6303             :                 Assert(oldslot != NULL);
    6304             :                 Assert(newslot != NULL);
    6305        3350 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6306        3350 :                 ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6307             : 
    6308             :                 /*
    6309             :                  * Also remember the OIDs of partitions to fetch these tuples
    6310             :                  * out of later in AfterTriggerExecute().
    6311             :                  */
    6312        3350 :                 if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6313             :                 {
    6314             :                     Assert(src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL);
    6315         282 :                     new_event.ate_src_part =
    6316         282 :                         RelationGetRelid(src_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
    6317         282 :                     new_event.ate_dst_part =
    6318         282 :                         RelationGetRelid(dst_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
    6319             :                 }
    6320             :             }
    6321             :             else
    6322             :             {
    6323             :                 Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6324             :                 Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6325         408 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6326         408 :                 ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6327         408 :                 cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    6328             :                                            CMD_UPDATE, event);
    6329             :             }
    6330        3758 :             break;
    6331           8 :         case TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE:
    6332           8 :             tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE;
    6333             :             Assert(oldslot == NULL);
    6334             :             Assert(newslot == NULL);
    6335           8 :             ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
    6336           8 :             ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
    6337           8 :             break;
    6338           0 :         default:
    6339           0 :             elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
    6340             :             tgtype_event = 0;   /* keep compiler quiet */
    6341             :             break;
    6342             :     }
    6343             : 
    6344             :     /* Determine flags */
    6345       10942 :     if (!(relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger))
    6346             :     {
    6347       10886 :         if (row_trigger && event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
    6348             :         {
    6349        3330 :             if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6350         282 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE;
    6351             :             else
    6352        3048 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID;
    6353             :         }
    6354             :         else
    6355        7556 :             new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID;
    6356             :     }
    6357             : 
    6358             :     /* else, we'll initialize ate_flags for each trigger */
    6359             : 
    6360       10942 :     tgtype_level = (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT);
    6361             : 
    6362             :     /*
    6363             :      * Must convert/copy the source and destination partition tuples into the
    6364             :      * root partitioned table's format/slot, because the processing in the
    6365             :      * loop below expects both oldslot and newslot tuples to be in that form.
    6366             :      */
    6367       10942 :     if (row_trigger && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6368             :     {
    6369             :         TupleTableSlot *rootslot;
    6370             :         TupleConversionMap *map;
    6371             : 
    6372         282 :         rootslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    6373         282 :         map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_partinfo);
    6374         282 :         if (map)
    6375          36 :             oldslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    6376             :                                             oldslot,
    6377             :                                             rootslot);
    6378             :         else
    6379         246 :             oldslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, oldslot);
    6380             : 
    6381         282 :         rootslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relinfo);
    6382         282 :         map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_partinfo);
    6383         282 :         if (map)
    6384          36 :             newslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
    6385             :                                             newslot,
    6386             :                                             rootslot);
    6387             :         else
    6388         246 :             newslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, newslot);
    6389             :     }
    6390             : 
    6391       50172 :     for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    6392             :     {
    6393       39230 :         Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
    6394             : 
    6395       39230 :         if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
    6396             :                                   tgtype_level,
    6397             :                                   TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER,
    6398             :                                   tgtype_event))
    6399       25272 :             continue;
    6400       13958 :         if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, event,
    6401             :                             modifiedCols, oldslot, newslot))
    6402         422 :             continue;
    6403             : 
    6404       13536 :         if (relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger)
    6405             :         {
    6406          58 :             if (fdw_tuplestore == NULL)
    6407             :             {
    6408          50 :                 fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
    6409          50 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH;
    6410             :             }
    6411             :             else
    6412             :                 /* subsequent event for the same tuple */
    6413           8 :                 new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE;
    6414             :         }
    6415             : 
    6416             :         /*
    6417             :          * If the trigger is a foreign key enforcement trigger, there are
    6418             :          * certain cases where we can skip queueing the event because we can
    6419             :          * tell by inspection that the FK constraint will still pass. There
    6420             :          * are also some cases during cross-partition updates of a partitioned
    6421             :          * table where queuing the event can be skipped.
    6422             :          */
    6423       13536 :         if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) || TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event))
    6424             :         {
    6425        6586 :             switch (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trigger->tgfoid))
    6426             :             {
    6427        2578 :                 case RI_TRIGGER_PK:
    6428             : 
    6429             :                     /*
    6430             :                      * For cross-partitioned updates of partitioned PK table,
    6431             :                      * skip the event fired by the component delete on the
    6432             :                      * source leaf partition unless the constraint originates
    6433             :                      * in the partition itself (!tgisclone), because the
    6434             :                      * update event that will be fired on the root
    6435             :                      * (partitioned) target table will be used to perform the
    6436             :                      * necessary foreign key enforcement action.
    6437             :                      */
    6438        2578 :                     if (is_crosspart_update &&
    6439         498 :                         TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event) &&
    6440         264 :                         trigger->tgisclone)
    6441         246 :                         continue;
    6442             : 
    6443             :                     /* Update or delete on trigger's PK table */
    6444        2332 :                     if (!RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
    6445             :                                                        oldslot, newslot))
    6446             :                     {
    6447             :                         /* skip queuing this event */
    6448         542 :                         continue;
    6449             :                     }
    6450        1790 :                     break;
    6451             : 
    6452        1194 :                 case RI_TRIGGER_FK:
    6453             : 
    6454             :                     /*
    6455             :                      * Update on trigger's FK table.  We can skip the update
    6456             :                      * event fired on a partitioned table during a
    6457             :                      * cross-partition of that table, because the insert event
    6458             :                      * that is fired on the destination leaf partition would
    6459             :                      * suffice to perform the necessary foreign key check.
    6460             :                      * Moreover, RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() expects to be
    6461             :                      * passed a tuple that contains system attributes, most of
    6462             :                      * which are not present in the virtual slot belonging to
    6463             :                      * a partitioned table.
    6464             :                      */
    6465        1194 :                     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
    6466        1080 :                         !RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
    6467             :                                                        oldslot, newslot))
    6468             :                     {
    6469             :                         /* skip queuing this event */
    6470         728 :                         continue;
    6471             :                     }
    6472         466 :                     break;
    6473             : 
    6474        2814 :                 case RI_TRIGGER_NONE:
    6475             : 
    6476             :                     /*
    6477             :                      * Not an FK trigger.  No need to queue the update event
    6478             :                      * fired during a cross-partitioned update of a
    6479             :                      * partitioned table, because the same row trigger must be
    6480             :                      * present in the leaf partition(s) that are affected as
    6481             :                      * part of this update and the events fired on them are
    6482             :                      * queued instead.
    6483             :                      */
    6484        2814 :                     if (row_trigger &&
    6485        2134 :                         rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6486          30 :                         continue;
    6487        2784 :                     break;
    6488             :             }
    6489             :         }
    6490             : 
    6491             :         /*
    6492             :          * If the trigger is a deferred unique constraint check trigger, only
    6493             :          * queue it if the unique constraint was potentially violated, which
    6494             :          * we know from index insertion time.
    6495             :          */
    6496       11990 :         if (trigger->tgfoid == F_UNIQUE_KEY_RECHECK)
    6497             :         {
    6498         210 :             if (!list_member_oid(recheckIndexes, trigger->tgconstrindid))
    6499          88 :                 continue;       /* Uniqueness definitely not violated */
    6500             :         }
    6501             : 
    6502             :         /*
    6503             :          * Fill in event structure and add it to the current query's queue.
    6504             :          * Note we set ats_table to NULL whenever this trigger doesn't use
    6505             :          * transition tables, to improve sharability of the shared event data.
    6506             :          */
    6507       11902 :         new_shared.ats_event =
    6508       23804 :             (event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
    6509       11902 :             (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW : 0) |
    6510       11902 :             (trigger->tgdeferrable ? AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
    6511       11902 :             (trigger->tginitdeferred ? AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED : 0);
    6512       11902 :         new_shared.ats_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
    6513       11902 :         new_shared.ats_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    6514       11902 :         new_shared.ats_rolid = GetUserId();
    6515       11902 :         new_shared.ats_firing_id = 0;
    6516       11902 :         if ((trigger->tgoldtable || trigger->tgnewtable) &&
    6517             :             transition_capture != NULL)
    6518         636 :             new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_private;
    6519             :         else
    6520       11266 :             new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
    6521       11902 :         new_shared.ats_modifiedcols = modifiedCols;
    6522             : 
    6523       11902 :         afterTriggerAddEvent(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].events,
    6524             :                              &new_event, &new_shared);
    6525             :     }
    6526             : 
    6527             :     /*
    6528             :      * Finally, spool any foreign tuple(s).  The tuplestore squashes them to
    6529             :      * minimal tuples, so this loses any system columns.  The executor lost
    6530             :      * those columns before us, for an unrelated reason, so this is fine.
    6531             :      */
    6532       10942 :     if (fdw_tuplestore)
    6533             :     {
    6534          50 :         if (oldslot != NULL)
    6535          32 :             tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, oldslot);
    6536          50 :         if (newslot != NULL)
    6537          36 :             tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, newslot);
    6538             :     }
    6539             : }
    6540             : 
    6541             : /*
    6542             :  * Detect whether we already queued BEFORE STATEMENT triggers for the given
    6543             :  * relation + operation, and set the flag so the next call will report "true".
    6544             :  */
    6545             : static bool
    6546         510 : before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
    6547             : {
    6548             :     bool        result;
    6549             :     AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    6550             : 
    6551             :     /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    6552         510 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
    6553           0 :         elog(ERROR, "before_stmt_triggers_fired() called outside of query");
    6554             : 
    6555             :     /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    6556         510 :     if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    6557         336 :         AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
    6558             : 
    6559             :     /*
    6560             :      * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
    6561             :      * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
    6562             :      * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
    6563             :      * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
    6564             :      * statement triggers to get queued.
    6565             :      */
    6566         510 :     table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
    6567         510 :     result = table->before_trig_done;
    6568         510 :     table->before_trig_done = true;
    6569         510 :     return result;
    6570             : }
    6571             : 
    6572             : /*
    6573             :  * If we previously queued a set of AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the given
    6574             :  * relation + operation, and they've not been fired yet, cancel them.  The
    6575             :  * caller will queue a fresh set that's after any row-level triggers that may
    6576             :  * have been queued by the current sub-statement, preserving (as much as
    6577             :  * possible) the property that AFTER ROW triggers fire before AFTER STATEMENT
    6578             :  * triggers, and that the latter only fire once.  This deals with the
    6579             :  * situation where several FK enforcement triggers sequentially queue triggers
    6580             :  * for the same table into the same trigger query level.  We can't fully
    6581             :  * prevent odd behavior though: if there are AFTER ROW triggers taking
    6582             :  * transition tables, we don't want to change the transition tables once the
    6583             :  * first such trigger has seen them.  In such a case, any additional events
    6584             :  * will result in creating new transition tables and allowing new firings of
    6585             :  * statement triggers.
    6586             :  *
    6587             :  * This also saves the current event list location so that a later invocation
    6588             :  * of this function can cheaply find the triggers we're about to queue and
    6589             :  * cancel them.
    6590             :  */
    6591             : static void
    6592        1086 : cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent)
    6593             : {
    6594             :     AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    6595        1086 :     AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
    6596             : 
    6597             :     /*
    6598             :      * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
    6599             :      * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
    6600             :      * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
    6601             :      * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
    6602             :      * statement triggers to get queued without canceling the old ones.
    6603             :      */
    6604        1086 :     table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
    6605             : 
    6606        1086 :     if (table->after_trig_done)
    6607             :     {
    6608             :         /*
    6609             :          * We want to start scanning from the tail location that existed just
    6610             :          * before we inserted any statement triggers.  But the events list
    6611             :          * might've been entirely empty then, in which case scan from the
    6612             :          * current head.
    6613             :          */
    6614             :         AfterTriggerEvent event;
    6615             :         AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    6616             : 
    6617          66 :         if (table->after_trig_events.tail)
    6618             :         {
    6619          60 :             chunk = table->after_trig_events.tail;
    6620          60 :             event = (AfterTriggerEvent) table->after_trig_events.tailfree;
    6621             :         }
    6622             :         else
    6623             :         {
    6624           6 :             chunk = qs->events.head;
    6625           6 :             event = NULL;
    6626             :         }
    6627             : 
    6628          96 :         for_each_chunk_from(chunk)
    6629             :         {
    6630          66 :             if (event == NULL)
    6631           6 :                 event = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
    6632         138 :             for_each_event_from(event, chunk)
    6633             :             {
    6634         108 :                 AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    6635             : 
    6636             :                 /*
    6637             :                  * Exit loop when we reach events that aren't AS triggers for
    6638             :                  * the target relation.
    6639             :                  */
    6640         108 :                 if (evtshared->ats_relid != relid)
    6641           0 :                     goto done;
    6642         108 :                 if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) != tgevent)
    6643           0 :                     goto done;
    6644         108 :                 if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(evtshared->ats_event))
    6645          36 :                     goto done;
    6646          72 :                 if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(evtshared->ats_event))
    6647           0 :                     goto done;
    6648             :                 /* OK, mark it DONE */
    6649          72 :                 event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
    6650          72 :                 event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
    6651             :             }
    6652             :             /* signal we must reinitialize event ptr for next chunk */
    6653          30 :             event = NULL;
    6654             :         }
    6655             :     }
    6656        1050 : done:
    6657             : 
    6658             :     /* In any case, save current insertion point for next time */
    6659        1086 :     table->after_trig_done = true;
    6660        1086 :     table->after_trig_events = qs->events;
    6661        1086 : }
    6662             : 
    6663             : /*
    6664             :  * GUC assign_hook for session_replication_role
    6665             :  */
    6666             : void
    6667        3262 : assign_session_replication_role(int newval, void *extra)
    6668             : {
    6669             :     /*
    6670             :      * Must flush the plan cache when changing replication role; but don't
    6671             :      * flush unnecessarily.
    6672             :      */
    6673        3262 :     if (SessionReplicationRole != newval)
    6674        1036 :         ResetPlanCache();
    6675        3262 : }
    6676             : 
    6677             : /*
    6678             :  * SQL function pg_trigger_depth()
    6679             :  */
    6680             : Datum
    6681          90 : pg_trigger_depth(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
    6682             : {
    6683          90 :     PG_RETURN_INT32(MyTriggerDepth);
    6684             : }
    6685             : 
    6686             : /*
    6687             :  * Check whether a trigger modified a virtual generated column and replace the
    6688             :  * value with null if so.
    6689             :  *
    6690             :  * We need to check this so that we don't end up storing a non-null value in a
    6691             :  * virtual generated column.
    6692             :  *
    6693             :  * We don't need to check for stored generated columns, since those will be
    6694             :  * overwritten later anyway.
    6695             :  */
    6696             : static HeapTuple
    6697        2048 : check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple)
    6698             : {
    6699        2048 :     if (!(tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_virtual))
    6700        2030 :         return tuple;
    6701             : 
    6702          66 :     for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
    6703             :     {
    6704          48 :         if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
    6705             :         {
    6706          18 :             if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1, tupdesc))
    6707             :             {
    6708          12 :                 int         replCol = i + 1;
    6709          12 :                 Datum       replValue = 0;
    6710          12 :                 bool        replIsnull = true;
    6711             : 
    6712          12 :                 tuple = heap_modify_tuple_by_cols(tuple, tupdesc, 1, &replCol, &replValue, &replIsnull);
    6713             :             }
    6714             :         }
    6715             :     }
    6716             : 
    6717          18 :     return tuple;
    6718             : }

Generated by: LCOV version 1.16